1-877-275-7048|Free delivery — 48 states|20-year warranty on 12ga
131+ Garage Configurations In Stock | Free Install on All Tubular Steel Orders

Metal Garages & Steel Garage Kits For Sale

Fully enclosed prefabricated steel garages with free delivery and professional installation in all 48 contiguous states. Standard, triple-wide and lean-to configurations. 12 or 14 gauge galvanized frames with a 20-year rust-through warranty.

$6,775
Starting Price
48
States Served
20yr
12-GA Warranty
$0
Install Fee
Factory-Direct Pricing
20-Year Warranty — 12 Gauge
A+ BBB Accredited Since 2004
Free Delivery — All 48 States
Free Professional Installation Included
RTO & Easy Financing from $49/mo
Balance Due After Install — Not Before
35+ Carport Sizes In Stock
Factory-Direct Pricing
20-Year Warranty — 12 Gauge
A+ BBB Accredited Since 2004
Free Delivery — All 48 States
Free Professional Installation Included
RTO & Easy Financing from $49/mo
Balance Due After Install — Not Before
35+ Carport Sizes In Stock

Filter Carports

Filters
Product Vehicles
Filter by State

Showing 1841–1880 of 2342 resultsSorted by price: low to high

Cozy craft studio inside a metal building with sewing table, yarn shelves, and floral armchair

20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio | Steel and Stud, From $13,700

12

20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$15,600$13,700SAVE $1,900
or $285/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50She Shed and Hobby Studio

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio, built for hobby and recreational use.

Our 20×50 she shed and hobby studio fits 20-foot widths and 50-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare. Half pottery studio with a kiln vent, half craft and quilting space with.

You’re viewing:She Shed and Hobby Studio·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$13,700$15,600Save $1,900
or as low as $285/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×50
this size
$13,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • Storefront Windows
  • Wainscoting
  • R-13 Insulation
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-SHE-SHED-HOBBY-SBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. Our 20×50 she shed and hobby studio fits 20-foot widths and 50-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare.

Main loungeWet bar / Kitch.Bath / Storage20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Wet bar / Kitch. · Bath / Storage

Main lounge at the front, wet bar / kitch. in the middle, bath / storage at the rear. Half pottery studio with a kiln vent, half craft and quilting space with three storefront windows for natural light.

💡 Pro tip:17 Color Options.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your She Shed and Hobby Studio.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

She Shed and Hobby Studio spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use She Shed and Hobby Studio.

DAILY USEEveryday she shed and hobby studio
Everyday she shed and hobby studio
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a she shed and hobby studio.
STORAGE OVERFLOWshe shed and hobby studio + seasonal storage
she shed and hobby studio + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$285/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 she shed and hobby studio is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $285/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from She Shed and Hobby Studio shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your She Shed and Hobby Studio · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose She Shed and Hobby Studio also viewed:

🏡 20×50

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×50 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×50

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×50 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×50

Contractor Shop and Office

20×50 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×50

Boat and Toy Storage

20×50 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×50

Detached Garage With Loft

20×50 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×50

Auto Repair Shop

20×50 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×50

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×50 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×50

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×50 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×50

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×50 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🏛️ 20×50

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

She Shed and Hobby Studio questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 she shed and hobby studio cost?

A 20×50 she shed and hobby studio from Steel and Stud starts at $13,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $285/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 she shed and hobby studio price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud she shed and hobby studio ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 she shed and hobby studio?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud she shed and hobby studio different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 she shed and hobby studio need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 she shed and hobby studio delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 she shed and hobby studio without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $285/month on a 20×50 she shed and hobby studio.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 she shed and hobby studio?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 she shed and hobby studio in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 20×50 she shed and hobby studio for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a she shed and hobby studio to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your She Shed and Hobby Studio quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Cozy craft studio inside a metal building with sewing table, yarn shelves, and floral armchair

20×50 She Shed and Hobby Studio

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$13,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Green steel carport with cream trim covering a truck and SUV by a lake at dusk

20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay | Steel and Stud, From $15,650

12

20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,850$15,650SAVE $2,200
or $326/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×50Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay, engineered to code for assembly use.

Built for community organizations and public assembly use, this 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay packs 1000 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Rural fire departments and HOAs use the 20×50 for a single.

You’re viewing:Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay·Size20×50·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,650$17,850Save $2,200
or as low as $326/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×50
20×50
this size
$15,650
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,000 sq ft enclosed
  • IBC Certified
  • 16′ Eave
  • Stamped Drawings
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X50-VOLUNTEER-FIRE-CBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your volunteer fire or community equipment bay layout.

20 feet wide × 50 feet long. Built for community organizations and public assembly use, this 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay packs 1000 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

TruckTrailer20′ × 50′ · 1,000 sq ft · volunteer fire or community equipment bay layout

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay layout.

Built for community organizations and public assembly use, this 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay packs 1000 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Rural fire departments and HOAs use the 20×50 for a single brush-truck bay plus a meeting and gear room. The 16-foot eave clears most Type 6 engines with light bars. IBC-certified stamped drawings come standard, and ASCE 7-22 wind load engineering meets county requirements. Steel and Stud handles the permit packet.

💡 Pro tip:Permit Packet Included.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,000 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×50 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay spec sheet.

Width20′
Length50′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,000 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday volunteer fire or community equipment bay
Everyday volunteer fire or community equipment bay
1,000 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a volunteer fire or community equipment bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWvolunteer fire or community equipment bay + seasonal storage
volunteer fire or community equipment bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay, what makes it different.

1,000sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$326/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $326/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×50?

1,000 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 50′ footprint with 1,000 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,000–$12,000 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×50 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×50 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×51×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$4,500+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay also viewed:

🏡 20×50

Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop

20×50 two-car garage plus workshop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Garage Plus Workshop →

🎯 20×50

Enclosed RV Garage Kit

20×50 enclosed rv garage kit configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Enclosed RV Garage Kit →

🏢 20×50

Contractor Shop and Office

20×50 contractor shop and office configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Contractor Shop and Office →

🌾 20×50

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

20×50 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🎯 20×50

Boat and Toy Storage

20×50 boat and toy storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Boat and Toy Storage →

🏡 20×50

Detached Garage With Loft

20×50 detached garage with loft configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Garage With Loft →

🏢 20×50

Auto Repair Shop

20×50 auto repair shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Auto Repair Shop →

🌾 20×50

Horse Run-In and Tack Room

20×50 horse run-in and tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$14,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Horse Run-In and Tack Room →

🏡 20×50

Backyard Workshop and Man Cave

20×50 backyard workshop and man cave configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Workshop and Man Cave →

🏭 20×50

Welding and Fabrication Shop

20×50 welding and fabrication shop configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Welding and Fabrication Shop →

🎯 20×50

She Shed and Hobby Studio

20×50 she shed and hobby studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed and Hobby Studio →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay cost?

A 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay from Steel and Stud starts at $15,650 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $326/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud volunteer fire or community equipment bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay?

Almost always for 1,000+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud volunteer fire or community equipment bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $326/month on a 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay.

What warranty comes with the 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×50 volunteer fire or community equipment bay pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,650.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Green steel carport with cream trim covering a truck and SUV by a lake at dusk

20×50 Volunteer Fire or Community Equipment Bay

1,000 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 50′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×50 steel building delivers 1,000 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,650.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal carport with white trim sheltering a silver truck in a sunset valley

20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter | Steel and Stud, From $15,350

12

20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,500$15,350SAVE $2,150
or $320/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Metal Carport / Open Shelter

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter, built for daily backyard use.

Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 20×56 metal carport / open shelter packs 1120 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Lowest-cost 20×56 steel building configuration. Cover cars, trucks, trailers.

You’re viewing:Metal Carport / Open Shelter·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,350$17,500Save $2,150
or as low as $320/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$15,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From $7,995
  • 3 Roof Styles
  • Free Install
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-METAL-CARPORT-OPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your open-cover layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 20×56 metal carport / open shelter packs 1120 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Cover bayPillar zoneApproach apron20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · open-cover layout

Cover bay · Pillar zone · Approach apron

Cover bay at the front, pillar zone in the middle, approach apron at the rear. Lowest-cost 20×56 steel building configuration.

💡 Pro tip:Metal Carport / Open Shelter at 20×56, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Metal Carport / Open Shelter.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Metal Carport / Open Shelter spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Metal Carport / Open Shelter.

DAILY USEEveryday metal carport / open shelter
Everyday metal carport / open shelter
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a metal carport / open shelter.
STORAGE OVERFLOWmetal carport / open shelter + seasonal storage
metal carport / open shelter + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$320/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 metal carport / open shelter is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $320/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Metal Carport / Open Shelter shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Metal Carport / Open Shelter · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Metal Carport / Open Shelter also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Metal Carport / Open Shelter questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter cost?

A 20×56 metal carport / open shelter from Steel and Stud starts at $15,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $320/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 metal carport / open shelter price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud metal carport / open shelter ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud metal carport / open shelter different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $320/month on a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 metal carport / open shelter?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 metal carport / open shelter in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×56 metal carport / open shelter add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×56 metal carport / open shelter typically adds $8,960–$13,440 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Metal Carport / Open Shelter quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal carport with white trim sheltering a silver truck in a sunset valley

20×56 Metal Carport / Open Shelter

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
White metal workshop with green roof, green wainscoting and black roll-up door below a mountain peak

20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space | Steel and Stud, From $15,350

12

20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,500$15,350SAVE $2,150
or $320/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Workshop / Hobby Space

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space, built for daily backyard use.

Looking for a 20×56 workshop / hobby space? At 1120 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space. Long clear-span workshop for woodworking, auto restoration, welding, fabrication.

You’re viewing:Workshop / Hobby Space·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,350$17,500Save $2,150
or as low as $320/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$15,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”2,995
  • Clear Span
  • 14 Gauge
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-WORKSHOP-HOBBY-SBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. Looking for a 20×56 workshop / hobby space? At 1120 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop. Long clear-span workshop for woodworking, auto restoration, welding, fabrication, storage, and project bays.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Workshop / Hobby Space.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Workshop / Hobby Space spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Workshop / Hobby Space.

DAILY USEEveryday workshop / hobby space
Everyday workshop / hobby space
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a workshop / hobby space.
STORAGE OVERFLOWworkshop / hobby space + seasonal storage
workshop / hobby space + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$320/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 workshop / hobby space is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $320/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Workshop / Hobby Space shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Workshop / Hobby Space · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Workshop / Hobby Space also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Workshop / Hobby Space questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 workshop / hobby space cost?

A 20×56 workshop / hobby space from Steel and Stud starts at $15,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $320/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 workshop / hobby space price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud workshop / hobby space ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 workshop / hobby space?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud workshop / hobby space different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 workshop / hobby space need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 workshop / hobby space delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 workshop / hobby space without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $320/month on a 20×56 workshop / hobby space.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 workshop / hobby space?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 workshop / hobby space in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×56 workshop / hobby space add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×56 workshop / hobby space typically adds $8,960–$13,440 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Workshop / Hobby Space quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
White metal workshop with green roof, green wainscoting and black roll-up door below a mountain peak

20×56 Workshop / Hobby Space

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
White metal building with black trim and open bay revealing interior framing among autumn trees

20×56 Commercial Steel Building

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Commercial Steel Building | Steel and Stud, From $17,200

12

20×56 Commercial Steel Building
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$19,600$17,200SAVE $2,400
or $358/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Commercial Steel Building

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Commercial Steel Building, engineered for code-compliant business use.

20×56 delivers 1120 sq ft of code-compliant commercial steel building space. Great for contractor storage, service businesses, inventory rows, auto detailing, field offices, or small commercial operations.

You’re viewing:Commercial Steel Building·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,200$19,600Save $2,400
or as low as $358/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$17,200
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”6,500
  • Code Certified
  • 12 Gauge
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-COMMERCIAL-STEELBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your commercial steel building layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. 20×56 delivers 1120 sq ft of code-compliant commercial steel building space.

Car 1Car 2OFFICE20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · commercial steel building layout

Commercial Steel Building layout.

20×56 delivers 1120 sq ft of code-compliant commercial steel building space. Great for contractor storage, service businesses, inventory rows, auto detailing, field offices, or small commercial operations. Code-certified packages and 12-gauge upgrades are available.

💡 Pro tip:Commercial Steel Building at 20×56, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Commercial Steel Building in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Commercial Steel Building.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Commercial Steel Building spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Commercial Steel Building.

DAILY USEEveryday commercial steel building
Everyday commercial steel building
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a commercial steel building.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcommercial steel building + seasonal storage
commercial steel building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Commercial Steel Building, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$358/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 commercial steel building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $358/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Commercial Steel Building shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Commercial Steel Building buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Commercial Steel Building

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Commercial Steel Building · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Commercial Steel Building also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Commercial Steel Building questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 commercial steel building cost?

A 20×56 commercial steel building from Steel and Stud starts at $17,200 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $358/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 commercial steel building price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud commercial steel building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 commercial steel building?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud commercial steel building different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 commercial steel building need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 commercial steel building delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 commercial steel building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $358/month on a 20×56 commercial steel building.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 commercial steel building?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 commercial steel building in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 20×56 commercial steel building meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Commercial Steel Building quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
White metal building with black trim and open bay revealing interior framing among autumn trees

20×56 Commercial Steel Building

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,200.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
White steel carport with black roof covering a Class A motorhome and a trailered boat

20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage | Steel and Stud, From $15,350

12

20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,500$15,350SAVE $2,150
or $320/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56RV Cover / Boat Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage, built for daily backyard use.

Our 20×56 rv cover / boat storage fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing. Long-span protection for Class A motorhomes, fifth wheels, travel trailers.

You’re viewing:RV Cover / Boat Storage·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,350$17,500Save $2,150
or as low as $320/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$15,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From $8,995
  • Up to 18 Tall
  • Drive-Through
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-RV-COVER-BOAT-STBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. Our 20×56 rv cover / boat storage fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing.

RV BAYDaily driverHookup / pre-wire20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Hookup / pre-wire

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, hookup / pre-wire at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 45ft + 1 daily driver. Long-span protection for Class A motorhomes, fifth wheels, travel trailers, boats, pontoons, and tow vehicles.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 50A hookup, sewer dump, overhead lighting.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your RV Cover / Boat Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

RV Cover / Boat Storage spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use RV Cover / Boat Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday rv cover / boat storage
Everyday rv cover / boat storage
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a rv cover / boat storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWrv cover / boat storage + seasonal storage
rv cover / boat storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$320/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 rv cover / boat storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $320/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from RV Cover / Boat Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your RV Cover / Boat Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose RV Cover / Boat Storage also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

RV Cover / Boat Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage cost?

A 20×56 rv cover / boat storage from Steel and Stud starts at $15,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $320/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 rv cover / boat storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud rv cover / boat storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud rv cover / boat storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $320/month on a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 rv cover / boat storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 rv cover / boat storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×56 rv cover / boat storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×56 rv cover / boat storage typically adds $8,960–$13,440 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your RV Cover / Boat Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
White steel carport with black roof covering a Class A motorhome and a trailered boat

20×56 RV Cover / Boat Storage

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
White metal building with two red roll-up doors and a gray sports car on the pad

20×56 Home Gym / Studio

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Home Gym / Studio | Steel and Stud, From $15,350

12

20×56 Home Gym / Studio
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,500$15,350SAVE $2,150
or $320/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Home Gym / Studio

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Home Gym / Studio, built for hobby and recreational use.

Our 20×56 home gym / studio fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare. Private 1,1120 sq ft training or studio space with room for racks, cardio, mats.

You’re viewing:Home Gym / Studio·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,350$17,500Save $2,150
or as low as $320/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$15,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”3,500
  • Insulated
  • Wired Ready
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-HOME-GYM-STUDIOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your home-gym layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Our 20×56 home gym / studio fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare.

Cardio zoneWeight rackStretch / Bench20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · home-gym layout

Cardio zone · Weight rack · Stretch / Bench

Cardio zone at the front, weight rack in the middle, stretch / bench at the rear. Private 1,1120 sq ft training or studio space with room for racks, cardio, mats, storage, and open movement lanes.

💡 Pro tip:Home Gym / Studio at 20×56, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Home Gym / Studio in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Home Gym / Studio.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Home Gym / Studio spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Home Gym / Studio.

DAILY USEEveryday home gym / studio
Everyday home gym / studio
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a home gym / studio.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhome gym / studio + seasonal storage
home gym / studio + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Home Gym / Studio, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$320/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 home gym / studio is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $320/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Home Gym / Studio shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Home Gym / Studio buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Home Gym / Studio

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Home Gym / Studio · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Home Gym / Studio also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Home Gym / Studio questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 home gym / studio cost?

A 20×56 home gym / studio from Steel and Stud starts at $15,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $320/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 home gym / studio price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud home gym / studio ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 home gym / studio?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud home gym / studio different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 home gym / studio need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 home gym / studio delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 home gym / studio without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $320/month on a 20×56 home gym / studio.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 home gym / studio?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 home gym / studio in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 20×56 home gym / studio for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a home gym / studio to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Home Gym / Studio quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
White metal building with two red roll-up doors and a gray sports car on the pad

20×56 Home Gym / Studio

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Red steel building farm shop with white roll up door, work van, and grain silo behind

20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage | Steel and Stud, From $16,000

12

20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,250$16,000SAVE $2,250
or $333/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Metal Barn / Farm Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage, built for farm and ranch demands.

Looking for a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage? At 1120 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms. Store tractors, implements, feed, hay, tack, livestock supplies, and long equipment rows.

You’re viewing:Metal Barn / Farm Storage·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,000$18,250Save $2,250
or as low as $333/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$16,000
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”0,500
  • Lean-To Ready
  • Heavy Duty
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-METAL-BARN-FARM-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your livestock-barn layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Looking for a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage? At 1120 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms.

Livestock areaCENTER ALLEYFeed / Storage20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · livestock-barn layout

Livestock area · Center alley · Feed / Storage

Livestock area at the front, center alley in the middle, feed / storage at the rear. Store tractors, implements, feed, hay, tack, livestock supplies, and long equipment rows.

💡 Pro tip:Metal Barn / Farm Storage at 20×56, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Metal Barn / Farm Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Metal Barn / Farm Storage spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Metal Barn / Farm Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday metal barn / farm storage
Everyday metal barn / farm storage
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a metal barn / farm storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWmetal barn / farm storage + seasonal storage
metal barn / farm storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$333/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 metal barn / farm storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $333/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Metal Barn / Farm Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Metal Barn / Farm Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Metal Barn / Farm Storage also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Metal Barn / Farm Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage cost?

A 20×56 metal barn / farm storage from Steel and Stud starts at $16,000 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $333/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 metal barn / farm storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud metal barn / farm storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud metal barn / farm storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $333/month on a 20×56 metal barn / farm storage.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 metal barn / farm storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 metal barn / farm storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×56 metal barn / farm storage stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Metal Barn / Farm Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$16,000.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Red steel building farm shop with white roll up door, work van, and grain silo behind

20×56 Metal Barn / Farm Storage

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$16,000.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Forest green steel building man cave with glass French doors and wicker patio furniture

20×56 Man Cave / She Shed

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Man Cave / She Shed | Steel and Stud, From $15,350

12

20×56 Man Cave / She Shed
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$17,500$15,350SAVE $2,150
or $320/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Man Cave / She Shed

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Man Cave / She Shed, built for hobby and recreational use.

Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 20×56 man cave / she shed packs 1120 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Large personal retreat for games, music, art, hobbies, storage, or a private lounge. The.

You’re viewing:Man Cave / She Shed·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$15,350$17,500Save $2,150
or as low as $320/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$15,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”3,500
  • Insulated
  • Walk-In Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-MAN-CAVE-SHE-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 20×56 man cave / she shed packs 1120 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Main loungeWet bar / Kitch.Bath / Storage20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Wet bar / Kitch. · Bath / Storage

Main lounge at the front, wet bar / kitch. in the middle, bath / storage at the rear. Large personal retreat for games, music, art, hobbies, storage, or a private lounge.

💡 Pro tip:Man Cave / She Shed at 20×56, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Man Cave / She Shed in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Man Cave / She Shed.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Man Cave / She Shed spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Man Cave / She Shed.

DAILY USEEveryday man cave / she shed
Everyday man cave / she shed
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a man cave / she shed.
STORAGE OVERFLOWman cave / she shed + seasonal storage
man cave / she shed + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Man Cave / She Shed, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$320/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 man cave / she shed is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $320/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Man Cave / She Shed shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Man Cave / She Shed buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Man Cave / She Shed

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Man Cave / She Shed · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Man Cave / She Shed also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Man Cave / She Shed questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 man cave / she shed cost?

A 20×56 man cave / she shed from Steel and Stud starts at $15,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $320/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 man cave / she shed price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud man cave / she shed ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 man cave / she shed?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud man cave / she shed different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 man cave / she shed need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 man cave / she shed delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 man cave / she shed without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $320/month on a 20×56 man cave / she shed.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 man cave / she shed?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 man cave / she shed in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 20×56 man cave / she shed for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a man cave / she shed to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Man Cave / She Shed quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Forest green steel building man cave with glass French doors and wicker patio furniture

20×56 Man Cave / She Shed

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$15,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal workshop with open roll-up door, welder at work, forklift, and steel stock

20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay | Steel and Stud, From $17,600

12

20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$20,050$17,600SAVE $2,450
or $367/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Warehouse / Factory Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.

Built for industrial buyers managing equipment and inventory, this 20×56 warehouse / factory bay packs 1120 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Long industrial bay for inventory staging, machinery rows, repair.

You’re viewing:Warehouse / Factory Bay·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,600$20,050Save $2,450
or as low as $367/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$17,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”6,500
  • Code Certified
  • 12 Gauge
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-WAREHOUSE-FACTORBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your small-business warehouse.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Single roll-up door, hand-truck operation. Built for industrial buyers managing equipment and inventory, this 20×56 warehouse / factory bay packs 1120 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Loading areaINVENTORY RACKSOffice corner20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · small-business warehouse

Loading area · Inventory racks · Office corner

Loading area at the front, inventory racks in the middle, office corner at the rear. Capacity: ~22 pallet positions. Long industrial bay for inventory staging, machinery rows, repair operations, material storage, or small production lines.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: shelving, desk + computer.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Warehouse / Factory Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Warehouse / Factory Bay spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Warehouse / Factory Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday warehouse / factory bay
Everyday warehouse / factory bay
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a warehouse / factory bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWwarehouse / factory bay + seasonal storage
warehouse / factory bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$367/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 warehouse / factory bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $367/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Warehouse / Factory Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Warehouse / Factory Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Warehouse / Factory Bay also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Warehouse / Factory Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 warehouse / factory bay cost?

A 20×56 warehouse / factory bay from Steel and Stud starts at $17,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $367/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 warehouse / factory bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud warehouse / factory bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 warehouse / factory bay?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud warehouse / factory bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 warehouse / factory bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 warehouse / factory bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 warehouse / factory bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $367/month on a 20×56 warehouse / factory bay.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 warehouse / factory bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 warehouse / factory bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×56 warehouse / factory bay handle heavy equipment and forklifts?

Standard 20×56 warehouse / factory bay ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.

Ready to build?

Your Warehouse / Factory Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal workshop with open roll-up door, welder at work, forklift, and steel stock

20×56 Warehouse / Factory Bay

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Forest green steel structure at snowy dawn with a salt spreader truck in the lit bay

20×56 Government / Institutional

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Government / Institutional | Steel and Stud, From $17,300

12

20×56 Government / Institutional
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$19,700$17,300SAVE $2,400
or $360/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Government / Institutional

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Government / Institutional, engineered to code for assembly use.

20×56 delivers 1120 sq ft of public-use government / institutional space. Use as municipal equipment storage, field office space, emergency response staging, parks department storage, or public works support building.

You’re viewing:Government / Institutional·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,300$19,700Save $2,400
or as low as $360/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$17,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • Engineered
  • 170+ MPH
  • Fire Code
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-GOVERNMENT-INSTIBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your government / institutional layout.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. 20×56 delivers 1120 sq ft of public-use government / institutional space.

Car 1Car 2OFFICE20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · government / institutional layout

Government / Institutional layout.

20×56 delivers 1120 sq ft of public-use government / institutional space. Use as municipal equipment storage, field office space, emergency response staging, parks department storage, or public works support building with permit-ready drawings.

💡 Pro tip:Government / Institutional at 20×56, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Government / Institutional in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Government / Institutional.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Government / Institutional spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Government / Institutional.

DAILY USEEveryday government / institutional
Everyday government / institutional
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a government / institutional.
STORAGE OVERFLOWgovernment / institutional + seasonal storage
government / institutional + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Government / Institutional, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$360/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 government / institutional is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $360/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Government / Institutional shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Government / Institutional buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Government / Institutional

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Government / Institutional · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Government / Institutional also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Government / Institutional questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 government / institutional cost?

A 20×56 government / institutional from Steel and Stud starts at $17,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $360/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 government / institutional price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud government / institutional ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 government / institutional?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud government / institutional different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 government / institutional need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 government / institutional delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 government / institutional without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $360/month on a 20×56 government / institutional.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 government / institutional?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 government / institutional in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×56 government / institutional pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Government / Institutional quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Forest green steel structure at snowy dawn with a salt spreader truck in the lit bay

20×56 Government / Institutional

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Steel building interior buildout with wood stud framing, ladder and sawhorses mid construction

20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building | Steel and Stud, From $16,000

12

20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$18,250$16,000SAVE $2,250
or $333/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Equestrian / Tack Building

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building, built for farm and ranch demands.

Our 20×56 equestrian / tack building fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you durable cover that handles snow, wind, and feed loads. Long layout for tack, feed, grooming space, small stalls, hay storage, or.

You’re viewing:Equestrian / Tack Building·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$16,000$18,250Save $2,250
or as low as $333/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$16,000
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • Up to 20 Tall
  • Ventilation
  • Heavy Duty
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-EQUESTRIAN-TACK-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. Our 20×56 equestrian / tack building fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you durable cover that handles snow, wind, and feed loads.

3 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

3 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

3 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 3 horses + tack + feed. Long layout for tack, feed, grooming space, small stalls, hay storage, or equipment rows.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, wash bay rough-in, fly system.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Equestrian / Tack Building.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Equestrian / Tack Building spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Equestrian / Tack Building.

DAILY USEEveryday equestrian / tack building
Everyday equestrian / tack building
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a equestrian / tack building.
STORAGE OVERFLOWequestrian / tack building + seasonal storage
equestrian / tack building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$333/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 equestrian / tack building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $333/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Equestrian / Tack Building shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Equestrian / Tack Building · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Equestrian / Tack Building also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🏛️ 20×56

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×56 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Equestrian / Tack Building questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 equestrian / tack building cost?

A 20×56 equestrian / tack building from Steel and Stud starts at $16,000 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $333/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 equestrian / tack building price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud equestrian / tack building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 equestrian / tack building?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud equestrian / tack building different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 equestrian / tack building need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 equestrian / tack building delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 equestrian / tack building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $333/month on a 20×56 equestrian / tack building.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 equestrian / tack building?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 equestrian / tack building in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×56 equestrian / tack building stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Equestrian / Tack Building quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$16,000.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Steel building interior buildout with wood stud framing, ladder and sawhorses mid construction

20×56 Equestrian / Tack Building

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$16,000.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Barn red commercial metal building beside a white country church with tall steeple

20×56 Houses of Worship / Community Hall

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×56 Houses of Worship / Community Hall | Steel and Stud, From $17,300

12

20×56 Houses of Worship / Community Hall
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$19,700$17,300SAVE $2,400
or $360/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×56Houses of Worship / Community Hall

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×56 Houses of Worship / Community Hall, engineered to code for assembly use.

Our 20×56 houses of worship / community hall fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes. Column-free 1,1120 sq ft interior for small churches, fellowship.

You’re viewing:Houses of Worship / Community Hall·Size20×56·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,300$19,700Save $2,400
or as low as $360/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×56
20×56
this size
$17,300
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,120 sq ft enclosed
  • Clear Span
  • Insulated
  • Code Certified
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X56-HOUSES-WORSHIP-CBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your compact event room.

20 feet wide × 56 feet long. Single-room layout, side-load through main door. Our 20×56 houses of worship / community hall fits 20-foot widths and 56-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes.

Stage cornerAudience areaSERVICE NOOK20′ × 56′ · 1,120 sq ft · compact event room

Stage corner · Audience area · Service nook

Stage corner at the front, audience area in the middle, service nook at the rear. Capacity: fits 93-186 guests. Column-free 1,1120 sq ft interior for small churches, fellowship rooms, classrooms, community halls, or multi-purpose gatherings with insulation and code-certified options.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: fold-out chairs, side bar.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×56 Houses of Worship / Community Hall in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Houses of Worship / Community Hall.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,120 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×56 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Houses of Worship / Community Hall spec sheet.

Width20′
Length56′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,120 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Houses of Worship / Community Hall.

DAILY USEEveryday houses of worship / community hall
Everyday houses of worship / community hall
1,120 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a houses of worship / community hall.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhouses of worship / community hall + seasonal storage
houses of worship / community hall + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×56 Houses of Worship / Community Hall, what makes it different.

1,120sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$360/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×56 houses of worship / community hall is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $360/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×56?

1,120 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 56′ footprint with 1,120 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $8,960–$13,440 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Houses of Worship / Community Hall shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×56 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×56 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×56 Houses of Worship / Community Hall buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×56 Houses of Worship / Community Hall

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Houses of Worship / Community Hall · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×57×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,040+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Houses of Worship / Community Hall also viewed:

🏡 20×56

Metal Garage

20×56 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×56

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×56 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×56

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×56 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×56

Commercial Steel Building

20×56 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,200Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×56

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×56 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×56

Home Gym / Studio

20×56 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×56

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×56 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×56

Man Cave / She Shed

20×56 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$15,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×56

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×56 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×56

Government / Institutional

20×56 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,300Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×56

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×56 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$16,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Houses of Worship / Community Hall questions, answered.

How much does a 20×56 houses of worship / community hall cost?

A 20×56 houses of worship / community hall from Steel and Stud starts at $17,300 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $360/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×56 houses of worship / community hall price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud houses of worship / community hall ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×56 houses of worship / community hall?

Almost always for 1,120+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud houses of worship / community hall different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×56 houses of worship / community hall need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×56 houses of worship / community hall delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×56 houses of worship / community hall without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $360/month on a 20×56 houses of worship / community hall.

What warranty comes with the 20×56 houses of worship / community hall?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×56 houses of worship / community hall in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×56 houses of worship / community hall pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Houses of Worship / Community Hall quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Barn red commercial metal building beside a white country church with tall steeple

20×56 Houses of Worship / Community Hall

1,120 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 56′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×56 steel building delivers 1,120 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,300.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Rust orange steel structure with lean-to canopy and roll-up door near a lake at sunset

20×65 Metal Carport / Open Shelter

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×65 Metal Carport / Open Shelter | Steel and Stud, From $17,850

12

20×65 Metal Carport / Open Shelter
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$20,350$17,850SAVE $2,500
or $372/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×65Metal Carport / Open Shelter

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×65 Metal Carport / Open Shelter, built for daily backyard use.

Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 20×65 metal carport / open shelter packs 1300 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Lowest-cost 20×65 steel building configuration. Cover cars, trucks, trailers.

You’re viewing:Metal Carport / Open Shelter·Size20×65·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,850$20,350Save $2,500
or as low as $372/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×65
20×56
smaller
$15,350
20×65
this size
$17,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,300 sq ft enclosed
  • From $7,995
  • 3 Roof Styles
  • Free Install
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X65-METAL-CARPORT-OPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your open-cover layout.

20 feet wide × 65 feet long. Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 20×65 metal carport / open shelter packs 1300 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Cover bayPillar zoneApproach apron20′ × 65′ · 1,300 sq ft · open-cover layout

Cover bay · Pillar zone · Approach apron

Cover bay at the front, pillar zone in the middle, approach apron at the rear. Lowest-cost 20×65 steel building configuration.

💡 Pro tip:Metal Carport / Open Shelter at 20×65, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×65 Metal Carport / Open Shelter in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Metal Carport / Open Shelter.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,300 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×65 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Metal Carport / Open Shelter spec sheet.

Width20′
Length65′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,300 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Metal Carport / Open Shelter.

DAILY USEEveryday metal carport / open shelter
Everyday metal carport / open shelter
1,300 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a metal carport / open shelter.
STORAGE OVERFLOWmetal carport / open shelter + seasonal storage
metal carport / open shelter + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×65 Metal Carport / Open Shelter, what makes it different.

1,300sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$372/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×65 metal carport / open shelter is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $372/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×65?

1,300 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 65′ footprint with 1,300 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $10,400–$15,600 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Metal Carport / Open Shelter shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×65 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×65 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×65 Metal Carport / Open Shelter buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×65 Metal Carport / Open Shelter

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Metal Carport / Open Shelter · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×66×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,850+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Metal Carport / Open Shelter also viewed:

🏡 20×65

Metal Garage

20×65 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×65

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×65 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏢 20×65

Commercial Steel Building

20×65 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×65

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×65 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×65

Home Gym / Studio

20×65 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×65

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×65 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×65

Man Cave / She Shed

20×65 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×65

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×65 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×65

Government / Institutional

20×65 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×65

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×65 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×65

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×65 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Metal Carport / Open Shelter questions, answered.

How much does a 20×65 metal carport / open shelter cost?

A 20×65 metal carport / open shelter from Steel and Stud starts at $17,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $372/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×65 metal carport / open shelter price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud metal carport / open shelter ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×65 metal carport / open shelter?

Almost always for 1,300+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud metal carport / open shelter different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×65 metal carport / open shelter need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×65 metal carport / open shelter delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×65 metal carport / open shelter without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $372/month on a 20×65 metal carport / open shelter.

What warranty comes with the 20×65 metal carport / open shelter?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×65 metal carport / open shelter in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×65 metal carport / open shelter add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×65 metal carport / open shelter typically adds $10,400–$15,600 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Metal Carport / Open Shelter quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Rust orange steel structure with lean-to canopy and roll-up door near a lake at sunset

20×65 Metal Carport / Open Shelter

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Matte black metal workshop with single roll-up door against snow-capped autumn mountains

20×65 Workshop / Hobby Space

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×65 Workshop / Hobby Space | Steel and Stud, From $17,850

12

20×65 Workshop / Hobby Space
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$20,350$17,850SAVE $2,500
or $372/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×65Workshop / Hobby Space

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×65 Workshop / Hobby Space, built for daily backyard use.

Looking for a 20×65 workshop / hobby space? At 1300 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space. Long clear-span workshop for woodworking, auto restoration, welding, fabrication.

You’re viewing:Workshop / Hobby Space·Size20×65·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,850$20,350Save $2,500
or as low as $372/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×65
20×56
smaller
$15,350
20×65
this size
$17,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,300 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”2,995
  • Clear Span
  • 14 Gauge
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X65-WORKSHOP-HOBBY-SBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

20 feet wide × 65 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. Looking for a 20×65 workshop / hobby space? At 1300 sq ft, this footprint suits homeowners adding garage, workshop, or hobby space.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack20′ × 65′ · 1,300 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop. Long clear-span workshop for woodworking, auto restoration, welding, fabrication, storage, and project bays.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×65 Workshop / Hobby Space in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Workshop / Hobby Space.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,300 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×65 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Workshop / Hobby Space spec sheet.

Width20′
Length65′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,300 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Workshop / Hobby Space.

DAILY USEEveryday workshop / hobby space
Everyday workshop / hobby space
1,300 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a workshop / hobby space.
STORAGE OVERFLOWworkshop / hobby space + seasonal storage
workshop / hobby space + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×65 Workshop / Hobby Space, what makes it different.

1,300sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$372/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×65 workshop / hobby space is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $372/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×65?

1,300 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 65′ footprint with 1,300 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $10,400–$15,600 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Workshop / Hobby Space shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×65 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×65 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×65 Workshop / Hobby Space buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×65 Workshop / Hobby Space

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Workshop / Hobby Space · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×66×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,850+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Workshop / Hobby Space also viewed:

🏡 20×65

Metal Garage

20×65 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×65

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×65 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×65

Commercial Steel Building

20×65 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×65

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×65 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×65

Home Gym / Studio

20×65 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×65

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×65 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×65

Man Cave / She Shed

20×65 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×65

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×65 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×65

Government / Institutional

20×65 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×65

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×65 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×65

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×65 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Workshop / Hobby Space questions, answered.

How much does a 20×65 workshop / hobby space cost?

A 20×65 workshop / hobby space from Steel and Stud starts at $17,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $372/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×65 workshop / hobby space price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud workshop / hobby space ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×65 workshop / hobby space?

Almost always for 1,300+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud workshop / hobby space different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×65 workshop / hobby space need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×65 workshop / hobby space delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×65 workshop / hobby space without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $372/month on a 20×65 workshop / hobby space.

What warranty comes with the 20×65 workshop / hobby space?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×65 workshop / hobby space in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×65 workshop / hobby space add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×65 workshop / hobby space typically adds $10,400–$15,600 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Workshop / Hobby Space quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Matte black metal workshop with single roll-up door against snow-capped autumn mountains

20×65 Workshop / Hobby Space

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan commercial metal building with wide open bay and brown trim at golden sunset

20×65 Commercial Steel Building

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×65 Commercial Steel Building | Steel and Stud, From $19,700

12

20×65 Commercial Steel Building
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$22,450$19,700SAVE $2,750
or $410/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×65Commercial Steel Building

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×65 Commercial Steel Building, engineered for code-compliant business use.

20×65 delivers 1300 sq ft of code-compliant commercial steel building space. Great for contractor storage, service businesses, inventory rows, auto detailing, field offices, or small commercial operations.

You’re viewing:Commercial Steel Building·Size20×65·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$19,700$22,450Save $2,750
or as low as $410/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×65
20×56
smaller
$17,200
20×65
this size
$19,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,300 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”6,500
  • Code Certified
  • 12 Gauge
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X65-COMMERCIAL-STEELBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your commercial steel building layout.

20 feet wide × 65 feet long. 20×65 delivers 1300 sq ft of code-compliant commercial steel building space.

Car 1Car 2OFFICE20′ × 65′ · 1,300 sq ft · commercial steel building layout

Commercial Steel Building layout.

20×65 delivers 1300 sq ft of code-compliant commercial steel building space. Great for contractor storage, service businesses, inventory rows, auto detailing, field offices, or small commercial operations. Code-certified packages and 12-gauge upgrades are available.

💡 Pro tip:Commercial Steel Building at 20×65, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×65 Commercial Steel Building in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Commercial Steel Building.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,300 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×65 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Commercial Steel Building spec sheet.

Width20′
Length65′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,300 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Commercial Steel Building.

DAILY USEEveryday commercial steel building
Everyday commercial steel building
1,300 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a commercial steel building.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcommercial steel building + seasonal storage
commercial steel building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×65 Commercial Steel Building, what makes it different.

1,300sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$410/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×65 commercial steel building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $410/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×65?

1,300 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 65′ footprint with 1,300 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $10,400–$15,600 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Commercial Steel Building shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×65 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×65 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×65 Commercial Steel Building buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×65 Commercial Steel Building

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Commercial Steel Building · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×66×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,850+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Commercial Steel Building also viewed:

🏡 20×65

Metal Garage

20×65 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×65

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×65 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×65

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×65 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏡 20×65

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×65 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×65

Home Gym / Studio

20×65 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×65

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×65 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×65

Man Cave / She Shed

20×65 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×65

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×65 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×65

Government / Institutional

20×65 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×65

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×65 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×65

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×65 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Commercial Steel Building questions, answered.

How much does a 20×65 commercial steel building cost?

A 20×65 commercial steel building from Steel and Stud starts at $19,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $410/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×65 commercial steel building price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud commercial steel building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×65 commercial steel building?

Almost always for 1,300+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud commercial steel building different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×65 commercial steel building need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×65 commercial steel building delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×65 commercial steel building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $410/month on a 20×65 commercial steel building.

What warranty comes with the 20×65 commercial steel building?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×65 commercial steel building in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 20×65 commercial steel building meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Commercial Steel Building quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$19,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan commercial metal building with wide open bay and brown trim at golden sunset

20×65 Commercial Steel Building

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$19,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tall gable metal building kit in ivory with large brown roll-up door and side entry

20×65 RV Cover / Boat Storage

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×65 RV Cover / Boat Storage | Steel and Stud, From $17,850

12

20×65 RV Cover / Boat Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$20,350$17,850SAVE $2,500
or $372/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×65RV Cover / Boat Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×65 RV Cover / Boat Storage, built for daily backyard use.

Our 20×65 rv cover / boat storage fits 20-foot widths and 65-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing. Long-span protection for Class A motorhomes, fifth wheels, travel trailers.

You’re viewing:RV Cover / Boat Storage·Size20×65·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,850$20,350Save $2,500
or as low as $372/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×65
20×56
smaller
$15,350
20×65
this size
$17,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,300 sq ft enclosed
  • From $8,995
  • Up to 18 Tall
  • Drive-Through
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X65-RV-COVER-BOAT-STBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

20 feet wide × 65 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. Our 20×65 rv cover / boat storage fits 20-foot widths and 65-foot lengths to give you a finished daily-use building without contractor pricing.

RV BAYDaily driverHookup / pre-wire20′ × 65′ · 1,300 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Hookup / pre-wire

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, hookup / pre-wire at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 45ft + 1 daily driver. Long-span protection for Class A motorhomes, fifth wheels, travel trailers, boats, pontoons, and tow vehicles.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 50A hookup, sewer dump, overhead lighting.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×65 RV Cover / Boat Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your RV Cover / Boat Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,300 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×65 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

RV Cover / Boat Storage spec sheet.

Width20′
Length65′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,300 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use RV Cover / Boat Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday rv cover / boat storage
Everyday rv cover / boat storage
1,300 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a rv cover / boat storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWrv cover / boat storage + seasonal storage
rv cover / boat storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×65 RV Cover / Boat Storage, what makes it different.

1,300sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$372/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×65 rv cover / boat storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $372/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×65?

1,300 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 65′ footprint with 1,300 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $10,400–$15,600 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from RV Cover / Boat Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×65 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×65 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×65 RV Cover / Boat Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×65 RV Cover / Boat Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your RV Cover / Boat Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×66×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,850+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose RV Cover / Boat Storage also viewed:

🏡 20×65

Metal Garage

20×65 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×65

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×65 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×65

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×65 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×65

Commercial Steel Building

20×65 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🎯 20×65

Home Gym / Studio

20×65 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×65

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×65 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×65

Man Cave / She Shed

20×65 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×65

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×65 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×65

Government / Institutional

20×65 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×65

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×65 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×65

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×65 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

RV Cover / Boat Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 20×65 rv cover / boat storage cost?

A 20×65 rv cover / boat storage from Steel and Stud starts at $17,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $372/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×65 rv cover / boat storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud rv cover / boat storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×65 rv cover / boat storage?

Almost always for 1,300+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud rv cover / boat storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×65 rv cover / boat storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×65 rv cover / boat storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×65 rv cover / boat storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $372/month on a 20×65 rv cover / boat storage.

What warranty comes with the 20×65 rv cover / boat storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×65 rv cover / boat storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 20×65 rv cover / boat storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 20×65 rv cover / boat storage typically adds $10,400–$15,600 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your RV Cover / Boat Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tall gable metal building kit in ivory with large brown roll-up door and side entry

20×65 RV Cover / Boat Storage

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Matte black steel garage with two roll-up bays, a sports car and black pickup parked outside

20×65 Home Gym / Studio

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×65 Home Gym / Studio | Steel and Stud, From $17,850

12

20×65 Home Gym / Studio
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$20,350$17,850SAVE $2,500
or $372/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×65Home Gym / Studio

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×65 Home Gym / Studio, built for hobby and recreational use.

Our 20×65 home gym / studio fits 20-foot widths and 65-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare. Private 1,1300 sq ft training or studio space with room for racks, cardio, mats.

You’re viewing:Home Gym / Studio·Size20×65·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,850$20,350Save $2,500
or as low as $372/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×65
20×56
smaller
$15,350
20×65
this size
$17,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,300 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”3,500
  • Insulated
  • Wired Ready
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X65-HOME-GYM-STUDIOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your home-gym layout.

20 feet wide × 65 feet long. Our 20×65 home gym / studio fits 20-foot widths and 65-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare.

Cardio zoneWeight rackStretch / Bench20′ × 65′ · 1,300 sq ft · home-gym layout

Cardio zone · Weight rack · Stretch / Bench

Cardio zone at the front, weight rack in the middle, stretch / bench at the rear. Private 1,1300 sq ft training or studio space with room for racks, cardio, mats, storage, and open movement lanes.

💡 Pro tip:Home Gym / Studio at 20×65, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×65 Home Gym / Studio in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Home Gym / Studio.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,300 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×65 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Home Gym / Studio spec sheet.

Width20′
Length65′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,300 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Home Gym / Studio.

DAILY USEEveryday home gym / studio
Everyday home gym / studio
1,300 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a home gym / studio.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhome gym / studio + seasonal storage
home gym / studio + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×65 Home Gym / Studio, what makes it different.

1,300sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$372/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×65 home gym / studio is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $372/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×65?

1,300 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 65′ footprint with 1,300 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $10,400–$15,600 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Home Gym / Studio shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×65 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×65 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×65 Home Gym / Studio buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×65 Home Gym / Studio

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Home Gym / Studio · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×66×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,850+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Home Gym / Studio also viewed:

🏡 20×65

Metal Garage

20×65 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×65

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×65 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×65

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×65 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×65

Commercial Steel Building

20×65 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×65

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×65 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🌾 20×65

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×65 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×65

Man Cave / She Shed

20×65 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×65

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×65 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×65

Government / Institutional

20×65 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×65

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×65 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×65

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×65 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Home Gym / Studio questions, answered.

How much does a 20×65 home gym / studio cost?

A 20×65 home gym / studio from Steel and Stud starts at $17,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $372/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×65 home gym / studio price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud home gym / studio ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×65 home gym / studio?

Almost always for 1,300+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud home gym / studio different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×65 home gym / studio need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×65 home gym / studio delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×65 home gym / studio without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $372/month on a 20×65 home gym / studio.

What warranty comes with the 20×65 home gym / studio?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×65 home gym / studio in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 20×65 home gym / studio for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a home gym / studio to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Home Gym / Studio quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Matte black steel garage with two roll-up bays, a sports car and black pickup parked outside

20×65 Home Gym / Studio

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Steel building interior with wood trusses storing a tractor, baler, and farm machinery

20×65 Metal Barn / Farm Storage

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×65 Metal Barn / Farm Storage | Steel and Stud, From $18,500

12

20×65 Metal Barn / Farm Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,100$18,500SAVE $2,600
or $385/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×65Metal Barn / Farm Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×65 Metal Barn / Farm Storage, built for farm and ranch demands.

Looking for a 20×65 metal barn / farm storage? At 1300 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms. Store tractors, implements, feed, hay, tack, livestock supplies, and long equipment rows.

You’re viewing:Metal Barn / Farm Storage·Size20×65·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,500$21,100Save $2,600
or as low as $385/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×65
20×56
smaller
$16,000
20×65
this size
$18,500
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,300 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”0,500
  • Lean-To Ready
  • Heavy Duty
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X65-METAL-BARN-FARM-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your livestock-barn layout.

20 feet wide × 65 feet long. Looking for a 20×65 metal barn / farm storage? At 1300 sq ft, this footprint suits farm storage, tractor cover, or tack rooms.

Livestock areaCENTER ALLEYFeed / Storage20′ × 65′ · 1,300 sq ft · livestock-barn layout

Livestock area · Center alley · Feed / Storage

Livestock area at the front, center alley in the middle, feed / storage at the rear. Store tractors, implements, feed, hay, tack, livestock supplies, and long equipment rows.

💡 Pro tip:Metal Barn / Farm Storage at 20×65, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×65 Metal Barn / Farm Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Metal Barn / Farm Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,300 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×65 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Metal Barn / Farm Storage spec sheet.

Width20′
Length65′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,300 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Metal Barn / Farm Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday metal barn / farm storage
Everyday metal barn / farm storage
1,300 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a metal barn / farm storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWmetal barn / farm storage + seasonal storage
metal barn / farm storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×65 Metal Barn / Farm Storage, what makes it different.

1,300sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$385/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×65 metal barn / farm storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $385/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×65?

1,300 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 65′ footprint with 1,300 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $10,400–$15,600 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Metal Barn / Farm Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×65 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×65 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×65 Metal Barn / Farm Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×65 Metal Barn / Farm Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Metal Barn / Farm Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×66×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,850+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Metal Barn / Farm Storage also viewed:

🏡 20×65

Metal Garage

20×65 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×65

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×65 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×65

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×65 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×65

Commercial Steel Building

20×65 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×65

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×65 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×65

Home Gym / Studio

20×65 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🎯 20×65

Man Cave / She Shed

20×65 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×65

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×65 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×65

Government / Institutional

20×65 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×65

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×65 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×65

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×65 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Metal Barn / Farm Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 20×65 metal barn / farm storage cost?

A 20×65 metal barn / farm storage from Steel and Stud starts at $18,500 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $385/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×65 metal barn / farm storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud metal barn / farm storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×65 metal barn / farm storage?

Almost always for 1,300+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud metal barn / farm storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×65 metal barn / farm storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×65 metal barn / farm storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×65 metal barn / farm storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $385/month on a 20×65 metal barn / farm storage.

What warranty comes with the 20×65 metal barn / farm storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×65 metal barn / farm storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×65 metal barn / farm storage stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Metal Barn / Farm Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$18,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Steel building interior with wood trusses storing a tractor, baler, and farm machinery

20×65 Metal Barn / Farm Storage

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$18,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal barn with timber post porch and roll-up doors beside a fenced pasture

20×65 Man Cave / She Shed

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×65 Man Cave / She Shed | Steel and Stud, From $17,850

12

20×65 Man Cave / She Shed
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$20,350$17,850SAVE $2,500
or $372/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×65Man Cave / She Shed

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×65 Man Cave / She Shed, built for hobby and recreational use.

Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 20×65 man cave / she shed packs 1300 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Large personal retreat for games, music, art, hobbies, storage, or a private lounge. The.

You’re viewing:Man Cave / She Shed·Size20×65·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$17,850$20,350Save $2,500
or as low as $372/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×65
20×56
smaller
$15,350
20×65
this size
$17,850
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,300 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”3,500
  • Insulated
  • Walk-In Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X65-MAN-CAVE-SHE-SHEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your finished retreat layout.

20 feet wide × 65 feet long. Built for recreational use without site-build cost, this 20×65 man cave / she shed packs 1300 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Main loungeWet bar / Kitch.Bath / Storage20′ × 65′ · 1,300 sq ft · finished retreat layout

Main lounge · Wet bar / Kitch. · Bath / Storage

Main lounge at the front, wet bar / kitch. in the middle, bath / storage at the rear. Large personal retreat for games, music, art, hobbies, storage, or a private lounge.

💡 Pro tip:Man Cave / She Shed at 20×65, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×65 Man Cave / She Shed in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Man Cave / She Shed.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,300 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×65 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Man Cave / She Shed spec sheet.

Width20′
Length65′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,300 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Man Cave / She Shed.

DAILY USEEveryday man cave / she shed
Everyday man cave / she shed
1,300 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a man cave / she shed.
STORAGE OVERFLOWman cave / she shed + seasonal storage
man cave / she shed + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×65 Man Cave / She Shed, what makes it different.

1,300sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$372/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×65 man cave / she shed is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $372/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×65?

1,300 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 65′ footprint with 1,300 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $10,400–$15,600 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Man Cave / She Shed shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×65 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×65 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×65 Man Cave / She Shed buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×65 Man Cave / She Shed

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Man Cave / She Shed · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×66×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,850+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Man Cave / She Shed also viewed:

🏡 20×65

Metal Garage

20×65 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×65

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×65 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×65

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×65 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×65

Commercial Steel Building

20×65 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×65

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×65 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×65

Home Gym / Studio

20×65 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×65

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×65 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🏭 20×65

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×65 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×65

Government / Institutional

20×65 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×65

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×65 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×65

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×65 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Man Cave / She Shed questions, answered.

How much does a 20×65 man cave / she shed cost?

A 20×65 man cave / she shed from Steel and Stud starts at $17,850 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $372/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×65 man cave / she shed price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud man cave / she shed ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×65 man cave / she shed?

Almost always for 1,300+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud man cave / she shed different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×65 man cave / she shed need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×65 man cave / she shed delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×65 man cave / she shed without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $372/month on a 20×65 man cave / she shed.

What warranty comes with the 20×65 man cave / she shed?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×65 man cave / she shed in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 20×65 man cave / she shed for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a man cave / she shed to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Man Cave / She Shed quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$17,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal barn with timber post porch and roll-up doors beside a fenced pasture

20×65 Man Cave / She Shed

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$17,850.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal workshop with open roll-up door, welder at work, forklift, and steel stock

20×65 Warehouse / Factory Bay

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×65 Warehouse / Factory Bay | Steel and Stud, From $20,100

12

20×65 Warehouse / Factory Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$22,900$20,100SAVE $2,800
or $419/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×65Warehouse / Factory Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×65 Warehouse / Factory Bay, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.

Built for industrial buyers managing equipment and inventory, this 20×65 warehouse / factory bay packs 1300 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Long industrial bay for inventory staging, machinery rows, repair.

You’re viewing:Warehouse / Factory Bay·Size20×65·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$20,100$22,900Save $2,800
or as low as $419/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×65
20×56
smaller
$17,600
20×65
this size
$20,100
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,300 sq ft enclosed
  • From style=”margin-top:18px”6,500
  • Code Certified
  • 12 Gauge
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X65-WAREHOUSE-FACTORBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your small-business warehouse.

20 feet wide × 65 feet long. Single roll-up door, hand-truck operation. Built for industrial buyers managing equipment and inventory, this 20×65 warehouse / factory bay packs 1300 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Loading areaINVENTORY RACKSOffice corner20′ × 65′ · 1,300 sq ft · small-business warehouse

Loading area · Inventory racks · Office corner

Loading area at the front, inventory racks in the middle, office corner at the rear. Capacity: ~26 pallet positions. Long industrial bay for inventory staging, machinery rows, repair operations, material storage, or small production lines.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: shelving, desk + computer.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×65 Warehouse / Factory Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Warehouse / Factory Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,300 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×65 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Warehouse / Factory Bay spec sheet.

Width20′
Length65′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,300 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Warehouse / Factory Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday warehouse / factory bay
Everyday warehouse / factory bay
1,300 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a warehouse / factory bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWwarehouse / factory bay + seasonal storage
warehouse / factory bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×65 Warehouse / Factory Bay, what makes it different.

1,300sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$419/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×65 warehouse / factory bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $419/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×65?

1,300 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 65′ footprint with 1,300 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $10,400–$15,600 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Warehouse / Factory Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×65 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×65 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×65 Warehouse / Factory Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×65 Warehouse / Factory Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Warehouse / Factory Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×66×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,850+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Warehouse / Factory Bay also viewed:

🏡 20×65

Metal Garage

20×65 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×65

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×65 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×65

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×65 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×65

Commercial Steel Building

20×65 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×65

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×65 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×65

Home Gym / Studio

20×65 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×65

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×65 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×65

Man Cave / She Shed

20×65 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏛️ 20×65

Government / Institutional

20×65 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×65

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×65 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×65

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×65 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Warehouse / Factory Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 20×65 warehouse / factory bay cost?

A 20×65 warehouse / factory bay from Steel and Stud starts at $20,100 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $419/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×65 warehouse / factory bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud warehouse / factory bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×65 warehouse / factory bay?

Almost always for 1,300+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud warehouse / factory bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×65 warehouse / factory bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×65 warehouse / factory bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×65 warehouse / factory bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $419/month on a 20×65 warehouse / factory bay.

What warranty comes with the 20×65 warehouse / factory bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×65 warehouse / factory bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×65 warehouse / factory bay handle heavy equipment and forklifts?

Standard 20×65 warehouse / factory bay ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.

Ready to build?

Your Warehouse / Factory Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$20,100.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal workshop with open roll-up door, welder at work, forklift, and steel stock

20×65 Warehouse / Factory Bay

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$20,100.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan metal garage with road grader in the bay and loaded dump truck outside

20×65 Government / Institutional

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×65 Government / Institutional | Steel and Stud, From $19,800

12

20×65 Government / Institutional
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$22,550$19,800SAVE $2,750
or $413/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×65Government / Institutional

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×65 Government / Institutional, engineered to code for assembly use.

20×65 delivers 1300 sq ft of public-use government / institutional space. Use as municipal equipment storage, field office space, emergency response staging, parks department storage, or public works support building.

You’re viewing:Government / Institutional·Size20×65·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$19,800$22,550Save $2,750
or as low as $413/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×65
20×56
smaller
$17,300
20×65
this size
$19,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,300 sq ft enclosed
  • Engineered
  • 170+ MPH
  • Fire Code
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X65-GOVERNMENT-INSTIBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your government / institutional layout.

20 feet wide × 65 feet long. 20×65 delivers 1300 sq ft of public-use government / institutional space.

Car 1Car 2OFFICE20′ × 65′ · 1,300 sq ft · government / institutional layout

Government / Institutional layout.

20×65 delivers 1300 sq ft of public-use government / institutional space. Use as municipal equipment storage, field office space, emergency response staging, parks department storage, or public works support building with permit-ready drawings.

💡 Pro tip:Government / Institutional at 20×65, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×65 Government / Institutional in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Government / Institutional.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,300 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×65 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Government / Institutional spec sheet.

Width20′
Length65′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,300 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Government / Institutional.

DAILY USEEveryday government / institutional
Everyday government / institutional
1,300 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a government / institutional.
STORAGE OVERFLOWgovernment / institutional + seasonal storage
government / institutional + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×65 Government / Institutional, what makes it different.

1,300sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$413/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×65 government / institutional is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $413/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×65?

1,300 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 65′ footprint with 1,300 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $10,400–$15,600 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Government / Institutional shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×65 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×65 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×65 Government / Institutional buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×65 Government / Institutional

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Government / Institutional · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×66×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,850+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Government / Institutional also viewed:

🏡 20×65

Metal Garage

20×65 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×65

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×65 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×65

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×65 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×65

Commercial Steel Building

20×65 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×65

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×65 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×65

Home Gym / Studio

20×65 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×65

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×65 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×65

Man Cave / She Shed

20×65 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×65

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×65 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🌾 20×65

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×65 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

🏛️ 20×65

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×65 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Government / Institutional questions, answered.

How much does a 20×65 government / institutional cost?

A 20×65 government / institutional from Steel and Stud starts at $19,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $413/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×65 government / institutional price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud government / institutional ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×65 government / institutional?

Almost always for 1,300+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud government / institutional different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×65 government / institutional need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×65 government / institutional delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×65 government / institutional without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $413/month on a 20×65 government / institutional.

What warranty comes with the 20×65 government / institutional?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×65 government / institutional in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×65 government / institutional pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Government / Institutional quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$19,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan metal garage with road grader in the bay and loaded dump truck outside

20×65 Government / Institutional

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$19,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Charcoal steel barn with three dutch stall doors, horses looking out, and rooftop cupola

20×65 Equestrian / Tack Building

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×65 Equestrian / Tack Building | Steel and Stud, From $18,500

12

20×65 Equestrian / Tack Building
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$21,100$18,500SAVE $2,600
or $385/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×65Equestrian / Tack Building

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×65 Equestrian / Tack Building, built for farm and ranch demands.

Our 20×65 equestrian / tack building fits 20-foot widths and 65-foot lengths to give you durable cover that handles snow, wind, and feed loads. Long layout for tack, feed, grooming space, small stalls, hay storage, or.

You’re viewing:Equestrian / Tack Building·Size20×65·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$18,500$21,100Save $2,600
or as low as $385/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×65
20×56
smaller
$16,000
20×65
this size
$18,500
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,300 sq ft enclosed
  • Up to 20 Tall
  • Ventilation
  • Heavy Duty
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X65-EQUESTRIAN-TACK-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

20 feet wide × 65 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. Our 20×65 equestrian / tack building fits 20-foot widths and 65-foot lengths to give you durable cover that handles snow, wind, and feed loads.

4 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room20′ × 65′ · 1,300 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

4 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

4 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 4 horses + tack + feed. Long layout for tack, feed, grooming space, small stalls, hay storage, or equipment rows.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, wash bay rough-in, fly system.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×65 Equestrian / Tack Building in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Equestrian / Tack Building.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,300 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×65 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Equestrian / Tack Building spec sheet.

Width20′
Length65′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,300 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Equestrian / Tack Building.

DAILY USEEveryday equestrian / tack building
Everyday equestrian / tack building
1,300 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a equestrian / tack building.
STORAGE OVERFLOWequestrian / tack building + seasonal storage
equestrian / tack building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×65 Equestrian / Tack Building, what makes it different.

1,300sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$385/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×65 equestrian / tack building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $385/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×65?

1,300 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 65′ footprint with 1,300 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $10,400–$15,600 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Equestrian / Tack Building shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×65 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×65 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×65 Equestrian / Tack Building buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×65 Equestrian / Tack Building

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Equestrian / Tack Building · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×66×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,850+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Equestrian / Tack Building also viewed:

🏡 20×65

Metal Garage

20×65 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×65

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×65 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×65

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×65 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×65

Commercial Steel Building

20×65 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×65

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×65 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×65

Home Gym / Studio

20×65 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×65

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×65 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×65

Man Cave / She Shed

20×65 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×65

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×65 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×65

Government / Institutional

20×65 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🏛️ 20×65

Houses of Worship / Community Hall

20×65 houses of worship / community hall configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship / Community Hall →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Equestrian / Tack Building questions, answered.

How much does a 20×65 equestrian / tack building cost?

A 20×65 equestrian / tack building from Steel and Stud starts at $18,500 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $385/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×65 equestrian / tack building price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud equestrian / tack building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×65 equestrian / tack building?

Almost always for 1,300+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud equestrian / tack building different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×65 equestrian / tack building need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×65 equestrian / tack building delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×65 equestrian / tack building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $385/month on a 20×65 equestrian / tack building.

What warranty comes with the 20×65 equestrian / tack building?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×65 equestrian / tack building in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×65 equestrian / tack building stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Equestrian / Tack Building quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$18,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Charcoal steel barn with three dutch stall doors, horses looking out, and rooftop cupola

20×65 Equestrian / Tack Building

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$18,500.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Oak brown steel building with lean-to covered porch and white trimmed french door entry

20×65 Houses of Worship / Community Hall

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

20×65 Houses of Worship / Community Hall | Steel and Stud, From $19,800

12

20×65 Houses of Worship / Community Hall
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$22,550$19,800SAVE $2,750
or $413/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings20×65Houses of Worship / Community Hall

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

20×65 Houses of Worship / Community Hall, engineered to code for assembly use.

Our 20×65 houses of worship / community hall fits 20-foot widths and 65-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes. Column-free 1,1300 sq ft interior for small churches, fellowship.

You’re viewing:Houses of Worship / Community Hall·Size20×65·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$19,800$22,550Save $2,750
or as low as $413/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 20×65
20×56
smaller
$17,300
20×65
this size
$19,800
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 1,300 sq ft enclosed
  • Clear Span
  • Insulated
  • Code Certified
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-20X65-HOUSES-WORSHIP-CBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your event-space layout.

20 feet wide × 65 feet long. Three-zone layout with kitchen/bar at one end. Our 20×65 houses of worship / community hall fits 20-foot widths and 65-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes.

Stage / FrontAudience seatingBAR + KITCHEN20′ × 65′ · 1,300 sq ft · event-space layout

Stage / Front · Audience seating · Bar + Kitchen

Stage / Front at the front, audience seating in the middle, bar + kitchen at the rear. Capacity: seats 108, standing 216. Column-free 1,1300 sq ft interior for small churches, fellowship rooms, classrooms, community halls, or multi-purpose gatherings with insulation and code-certified options.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: greenroom partition, commercial-grade kitchen rough-in, restrooms.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 20×65 Houses of Worship / Community Hall in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Houses of Worship / Community Hall.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
1,300 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 20×65 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Houses of Worship / Community Hall spec sheet.

Width20′
Length65′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space1,300 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Houses of Worship / Community Hall.

DAILY USEEveryday houses of worship / community hall
Everyday houses of worship / community hall
1,300 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a houses of worship / community hall.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhouses of worship / community hall + seasonal storage
houses of worship / community hall + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

20×65 Houses of Worship / Community Hall, what makes it different.

1,300sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$413/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 20×65 houses of worship / community hall is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $413/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 20×65?

1,300 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 20′ × 65′ footprint with 1,300 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $10,400–$15,600 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Houses of Worship / Community Hall shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 20×65 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 20×65 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 20×65 Houses of Worship / Community Hall buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 20×65 Houses of Worship / Community Hall

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Houses of Worship / Community Hall · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
21×66×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$5,850+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Houses of Worship / Community Hall also viewed:

🏡 20×65

Metal Garage

20×65 metal garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage →

🏡 20×65

Workshop / Hobby Space

20×65 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 20×65

Metal Carport / Open Shelter

20×65 metal carport / open shelter configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport / Open Shelter →

🏢 20×65

Commercial Steel Building

20×65 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 20×65

RV Cover / Boat Storage

20×65 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 20×65

Home Gym / Studio

20×65 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 20×65

Metal Barn / Farm Storage

20×65 metal barn / farm storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn / Farm Storage →

🎯 20×65

Man Cave / She Shed

20×65 man cave / she shed configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$17,850Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Man Cave / She Shed →

🏭 20×65

Warehouse / Factory Bay

20×65 warehouse / factory bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$20,100Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Warehouse / Factory Bay →

🏛️ 20×65

Government / Institutional

20×65 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$19,800Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 20×65

Equestrian / Tack Building

20×65 equestrian / tack building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$18,500Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian / Tack Building →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Houses of Worship / Community Hall questions, answered.

How much does a 20×65 houses of worship / community hall cost?

A 20×65 houses of worship / community hall from Steel and Stud starts at $19,800 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $413/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 20×65 houses of worship / community hall price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud houses of worship / community hall ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 20×65 houses of worship / community hall?

Almost always for 1,300+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud houses of worship / community hall different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 20×65 houses of worship / community hall need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 20×65 houses of worship / community hall delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 20×65 houses of worship / community hall without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $413/month on a 20×65 houses of worship / community hall.

What warranty comes with the 20×65 houses of worship / community hall?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 20×65 houses of worship / community hall in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 20×65 houses of worship / community hall pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Houses of Worship / Community Hall quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$19,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Oak brown steel building with lean-to covered porch and white trimmed french door entry

20×65 Houses of Worship / Community Hall

1,300 sq ft for metal garage, workshop, or horse barn

20′ x 65′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 20×65 steel building delivers 1,300 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$19,800.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Cream steel carport with open sides and black frame among autumn mountains

22×30 Metal Carport (Open)

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×30 Metal Carport (Open) | Steel and Stud, From $9,750

12

22×30 Metal Carport (Open)
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$11,100$9,750SAVE $1,350
or $203/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×30Metal Carport (Open)

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×30 Metal Carport (Open), built for daily backyard use.

22×30 delivers 660 sq ft of everyday metal carport (open) space. Cheapest 22×30 steel building configuration. Cover 2 to 3 vehicles, ATVs, lawn equipment, or boats. Add side panels later if you decide to enclose it.

You’re viewing:Metal Carport (Open)·Size22×30·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$9,750$11,100Save $1,350
or as low as $203/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×30
22×30
this size
$9,750
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 660 sq ft enclosed
  • From $4,495
  • 3 Roof Styles
  • Free Install
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X30-METAL-CARPORT-OPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your open-cover layout.

22 feet wide × 30 feet long. 22×30 delivers 660 sq ft of everyday metal carport (open) space.

Cover bayPillar zoneApproach apron22′ × 30′ · 660 sq ft · open-cover layout

Cover bay · Pillar zone · Approach apron

Cover bay at the front, pillar zone in the middle, approach apron at the rear. Cheapest 22×30 steel building configuration.

💡 Pro tip:Metal Carport (Open) at 22×30, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×30 Metal Carport (Open) in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Metal Carport (Open).

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
660 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×30 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Metal Carport (Open) spec sheet.

Width22′
Length30′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space660 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Metal Carport (Open).

DAILY USEEveryday metal carport (open)
Everyday metal carport (open)
660 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a metal carport (open).
STORAGE OVERFLOWmetal carport (open) + seasonal storage
metal carport (open) + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×30 Metal Carport (Open), what makes it different.

660sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$203/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×30 metal carport (open) is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $203/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×30?

660 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 30′ footprint with 660 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $5,280–$7,920 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Metal Carport (Open) shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×30 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×30 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×30 Metal Carport (Open) buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×30 Metal Carport (Open)

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Metal Carport (Open) · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×31×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,970+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Metal Carport (Open) also viewed:

🏡 22×30

Metal Garage (2 Cars)

22×30 metal garage (2 cars) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage (2 Cars) →

🏡 22×30

Workshop / Hobby Space

22×30 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏢 22×30

Commercial Steel Building

22×30 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 22×30

RV Cover / Boat Storage

22×30 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 22×30

Home Gym / Studio

22×30 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 22×30

Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) →

🎯 22×30

Backyard Studio / Retreat

22×30 backyard studio / retreat configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Studio / Retreat →

🏭 22×30

Factory / Warehouse

22×30 factory / warehouse configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Factory / Warehouse →

🏛️ 22×30

Government / Institutional

22×30 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 22×30

Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

22×30 equestrian arena / tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian Arena / Tack Room →

🏛️ 22×30

Houses of Worship

22×30 houses of worship configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Metal Carport (Open) questions, answered.

How much does a 22×30 metal carport (open) cost?

A 22×30 metal carport (open) from Steel and Stud starts at $9,750 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $203/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×30 metal carport (open) price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud metal carport (open) ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×30 metal carport (open)?

Almost always for 660+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud metal carport (open) different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×30 metal carport (open) need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×30 metal carport (open) delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×30 metal carport (open) without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $203/month on a 22×30 metal carport (open).

What warranty comes with the 22×30 metal carport (open)?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×30 metal carport (open) in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×30 metal carport (open) add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×30 metal carport (open) typically adds $5,280–$7,920 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Metal Carport (Open) quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$9,750.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Cream steel carport with open sides and black frame among autumn mountains

22×30 Metal Carport (Open)

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$9,750.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan steel structure garage with brown roll-up door surrounded by desert agave and cactus

22×30 Workshop / Hobby Space

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×30 Workshop / Hobby Space | Steel and Stud, From $9,750

12

22×30 Workshop / Hobby Space
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$11,100$9,750SAVE $1,350
or $203/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×30Workshop / Hobby Space

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×30 Workshop / Hobby Space, built for daily backyard use.

Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 22×30 workshop / hobby space packs 660 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. 660 sq ft clear-span steel workshop for woodworking, auto repair, welding, and crafts. The.

You’re viewing:Workshop / Hobby Space·Size22×30·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$9,750$11,100Save $1,350
or as low as $203/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×30
22×30
this size
$9,750
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 660 sq ft enclosed
  • From $7,995
  • Clear Span
  • 14 Gauge
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X30-WORKSHOP-HOBBY-SBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 30 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 22×30 workshop / hobby space packs 660 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 30′ · 660 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop. 660 sq ft clear-span steel workshop for woodworking, auto repair, welding, and crafts.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×30 Workshop / Hobby Space in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Workshop / Hobby Space.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
660 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×30 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Workshop / Hobby Space spec sheet.

Width22′
Length30′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space660 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Workshop / Hobby Space.

DAILY USEEveryday workshop / hobby space
Everyday workshop / hobby space
660 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a workshop / hobby space.
STORAGE OVERFLOWworkshop / hobby space + seasonal storage
workshop / hobby space + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×30 Workshop / Hobby Space, what makes it different.

660sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$203/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×30 workshop / hobby space is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $203/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×30?

660 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 30′ footprint with 660 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $5,280–$7,920 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Workshop / Hobby Space shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×30 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×30 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×30 Workshop / Hobby Space buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×30 Workshop / Hobby Space

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Workshop / Hobby Space · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×31×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,970+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Workshop / Hobby Space also viewed:

🏡 22×30

Metal Garage (2 Cars)

22×30 metal garage (2 cars) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage (2 Cars) →

🏡 22×30

Metal Carport (Open)

22×30 metal carport (open) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport (Open) →

🏢 22×30

Commercial Steel Building

22×30 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 22×30

RV Cover / Boat Storage

22×30 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 22×30

Home Gym / Studio

22×30 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 22×30

Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) →

🎯 22×30

Backyard Studio / Retreat

22×30 backyard studio / retreat configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Studio / Retreat →

🏭 22×30

Factory / Warehouse

22×30 factory / warehouse configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Factory / Warehouse →

🏛️ 22×30

Government / Institutional

22×30 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 22×30

Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

22×30 equestrian arena / tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian Arena / Tack Room →

🏛️ 22×30

Houses of Worship

22×30 houses of worship configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Workshop / Hobby Space questions, answered.

How much does a 22×30 workshop / hobby space cost?

A 22×30 workshop / hobby space from Steel and Stud starts at $9,750 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $203/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×30 workshop / hobby space price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud workshop / hobby space ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×30 workshop / hobby space?

Almost always for 660+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud workshop / hobby space different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×30 workshop / hobby space need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×30 workshop / hobby space delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×30 workshop / hobby space without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $203/month on a 22×30 workshop / hobby space.

What warranty comes with the 22×30 workshop / hobby space?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×30 workshop / hobby space in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×30 workshop / hobby space add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×30 workshop / hobby space typically adds $5,280–$7,920 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Workshop / Hobby Space quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$9,750.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan steel structure garage with brown roll-up door surrounded by desert agave and cactus

22×30 Workshop / Hobby Space

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$9,750.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Matte black steel building at night with warmly lit entry door under a starry sky

22×30 Commercial Steel Building

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×30 Commercial Steel Building | Steel and Stud, From $11,600

12

22×30 Commercial Steel Building
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$13,200$11,600SAVE $1,600
or $242/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×30Commercial Steel Building

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×30 Commercial Steel Building, engineered for code-compliant business use.

Our 22×30 commercial steel building fits 22-foot widths and 30-foot lengths to give you a code-passing shell delivered in 4–6 weeks. Small retail spaces, offices, auto detailing bays, service businesses, and light.

You’re viewing:Commercial Steel Building·Size22×30·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$11,600$13,200Save $1,600
or as low as $242/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×30
22×30
this size
$11,600
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 660 sq ft enclosed
  • From $9,500
  • Code Certified
  • 12 Gauge
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X30-COMMERCIAL-STEELBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your commercial steel building layout.

22 feet wide × 30 feet long. Our 22×30 commercial steel building fits 22-foot widths and 30-foot lengths to give you a code-passing shell delivered in 4–6 weeks.

Car 1Car 2OFFICE22′ × 30′ · 660 sq ft · commercial steel building layout

Commercial Steel Building layout.

Our 22×30 commercial steel building fits 22-foot widths and 30-foot lengths to give you a code-passing shell delivered in 4–6 weeks. Small retail spaces, offices, auto detailing bays, service businesses, and light warehouse use. Code-certified clear-span design with 12-gauge framing maximizes every square foot of usable space.

💡 Pro tip:Commercial Steel Building at 22×30, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×30 Commercial Steel Building in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Commercial Steel Building.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
660 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×30 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Commercial Steel Building spec sheet.

Width22′
Length30′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space660 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Commercial Steel Building.

DAILY USEEveryday commercial steel building
Everyday commercial steel building
660 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a commercial steel building.
STORAGE OVERFLOWcommercial steel building + seasonal storage
commercial steel building + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×30 Commercial Steel Building, what makes it different.

660sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$242/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×30 commercial steel building is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $242/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×30?

660 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 30′ footprint with 660 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $5,280–$7,920 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Commercial Steel Building shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×30 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×30 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×30 Commercial Steel Building buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×30 Commercial Steel Building

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Commercial Steel Building · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×31×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,970+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Commercial Steel Building also viewed:

🏡 22×30

Metal Garage (2 Cars)

22×30 metal garage (2 cars) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage (2 Cars) →

🏡 22×30

Workshop / Hobby Space

22×30 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 22×30

Metal Carport (Open)

22×30 metal carport (open) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport (Open) →

🏡 22×30

RV Cover / Boat Storage

22×30 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 22×30

Home Gym / Studio

22×30 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 22×30

Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) →

🎯 22×30

Backyard Studio / Retreat

22×30 backyard studio / retreat configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Studio / Retreat →

🏭 22×30

Factory / Warehouse

22×30 factory / warehouse configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Factory / Warehouse →

🏛️ 22×30

Government / Institutional

22×30 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 22×30

Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

22×30 equestrian arena / tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian Arena / Tack Room →

🏛️ 22×30

Houses of Worship

22×30 houses of worship configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Commercial Steel Building questions, answered.

How much does a 22×30 commercial steel building cost?

A 22×30 commercial steel building from Steel and Stud starts at $11,600 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $242/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×30 commercial steel building price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud commercial steel building ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×30 commercial steel building?

Almost always for 660+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud commercial steel building different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×30 commercial steel building need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×30 commercial steel building delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×30 commercial steel building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $242/month on a 22×30 commercial steel building.

What warranty comes with the 22×30 commercial steel building?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×30 commercial steel building in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does the 22×30 commercial steel building meet IBC commercial code?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s 12-gauge frame upgrade and 26-gauge sheeting both meet IBC commercial standards, and most counties accept our stamped drawings without revision. Engineered loads ship with the order, typical certified specs are 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow.

Ready to build?

Your Commercial Steel Building quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$11,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Matte black steel building at night with warmly lit entry door under a starry sky

22×30 Commercial Steel Building

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$11,600.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Charcoal rv metal cover on wood posts shading a luxury Class A motorhome

22×30 RV Cover / Boat Storage

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×30 RV Cover / Boat Storage | Steel and Stud, From $9,750

12

22×30 RV Cover / Boat Storage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$11,100$9,750SAVE $1,350
or $203/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×30RV Cover / Boat Storage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×30 RV Cover / Boat Storage, built for daily backyard use.

22×30 delivers 660 sq ft of everyday rv cover / boat storage space. Year-round protection for travel trailers, smaller RVs, boats, jet skis, and towable campers. The 30-foot depth gives practical covered storage while.

You’re viewing:RV Cover / Boat Storage·Size22×30·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$9,750$11,100Save $1,350
or as low as $203/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×30
22×30
this size
$9,750
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 660 sq ft enclosed
  • From $4,995
  • Up to 16 Tall
  • 12’W Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X30-RV-COVER-BOAT-STBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

22 feet wide × 30 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. 22×30 delivers 660 sq ft of everyday rv cover / boat storage space.

RV BAYDaily driverHookup / pre-wire22′ × 30′ · 660 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Hookup / pre-wire

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, hookup / pre-wire at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 26ft + 1 daily driver. Year-round protection for travel trailers, smaller RVs, boats, jet skis, and towable campers.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: 50A hookup, sewer dump, overhead lighting.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×30 RV Cover / Boat Storage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your RV Cover / Boat Storage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
660 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×30 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

RV Cover / Boat Storage spec sheet.

Width22′
Length30′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space660 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use RV Cover / Boat Storage.

DAILY USEEveryday rv cover / boat storage
Everyday rv cover / boat storage
660 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a rv cover / boat storage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWrv cover / boat storage + seasonal storage
rv cover / boat storage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×30 RV Cover / Boat Storage, what makes it different.

660sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$203/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×30 rv cover / boat storage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $203/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×30?

660 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 30′ footprint with 660 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $5,280–$7,920 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from RV Cover / Boat Storage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×30 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×30 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×30 RV Cover / Boat Storage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×30 RV Cover / Boat Storage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your RV Cover / Boat Storage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×31×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,970+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose RV Cover / Boat Storage also viewed:

🏡 22×30

Metal Garage (2 Cars)

22×30 metal garage (2 cars) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage (2 Cars) →

🏡 22×30

Workshop / Hobby Space

22×30 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 22×30

Metal Carport (Open)

22×30 metal carport (open) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport (Open) →

🏢 22×30

Commercial Steel Building

22×30 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🎯 22×30

Home Gym / Studio

22×30 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 22×30

Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) →

🎯 22×30

Backyard Studio / Retreat

22×30 backyard studio / retreat configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Studio / Retreat →

🏭 22×30

Factory / Warehouse

22×30 factory / warehouse configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Factory / Warehouse →

🏛️ 22×30

Government / Institutional

22×30 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 22×30

Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

22×30 equestrian arena / tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian Arena / Tack Room →

🏛️ 22×30

Houses of Worship

22×30 houses of worship configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

RV Cover / Boat Storage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×30 rv cover / boat storage cost?

A 22×30 rv cover / boat storage from Steel and Stud starts at $9,750 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $203/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×30 rv cover / boat storage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud rv cover / boat storage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×30 rv cover / boat storage?

Almost always for 660+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud rv cover / boat storage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×30 rv cover / boat storage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×30 rv cover / boat storage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×30 rv cover / boat storage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $203/month on a 22×30 rv cover / boat storage.

What warranty comes with the 22×30 rv cover / boat storage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×30 rv cover / boat storage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×30 rv cover / boat storage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×30 rv cover / boat storage typically adds $5,280–$7,920 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your RV Cover / Boat Storage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$9,750.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Charcoal rv metal cover on wood posts shading a luxury Class A motorhome

22×30 RV Cover / Boat Storage

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$9,750.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
White steel structure home gym with black roll-up door and glass corner entry showing weight racks

22×30 Home Gym / Studio

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×30 Home Gym / Studio | Steel and Stud, From $9,750

12

22×30 Home Gym / Studio
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$11,100$9,750SAVE $1,350
or $203/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×30Home Gym / Studio

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×30 Home Gym / Studio, built for hobby and recreational use.

22×30 delivers 660 sq ft of hobby-ready home gym / studio space. Private 660 sq ft fitness space with high ceilings, durable floors, and full insulation for year-round training. Room for a power rack, cardio equipment.

You’re viewing:Home Gym / Studio·Size22×30·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$9,750$11,100Save $1,350
or as low as $203/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×30
22×30
this size
$9,750
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 660 sq ft enclosed
  • From $7,995
  • Insulated
  • Wired Ready
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X30-HOME-GYM-STUDIOBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your home-gym layout.

22 feet wide × 30 feet long. 22×30 delivers 660 sq ft of hobby-ready home gym / studio space.

Cardio zoneWeight rackStretch / Bench22′ × 30′ · 660 sq ft · home-gym layout

Cardio zone · Weight rack · Stretch / Bench

Cardio zone at the front, weight rack in the middle, stretch / bench at the rear. Private 660 sq ft fitness space with high ceilings, durable floors, and full insulation for year-round training.

💡 Pro tip:Home Gym / Studio at 22×30, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×30 Home Gym / Studio in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Home Gym / Studio.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
660 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×30 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Home Gym / Studio spec sheet.

Width22′
Length30′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space660 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Home Gym / Studio.

DAILY USEEveryday home gym / studio
Everyday home gym / studio
660 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a home gym / studio.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhome gym / studio + seasonal storage
home gym / studio + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×30 Home Gym / Studio, what makes it different.

660sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$203/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×30 home gym / studio is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $203/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×30?

660 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 30′ footprint with 660 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $5,280–$7,920 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Home Gym / Studio shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×30 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×30 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×30 Home Gym / Studio buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×30 Home Gym / Studio

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Home Gym / Studio · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×31×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,970+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Home Gym / Studio also viewed:

🏡 22×30

Metal Garage (2 Cars)

22×30 metal garage (2 cars) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage (2 Cars) →

🏡 22×30

Workshop / Hobby Space

22×30 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 22×30

Metal Carport (Open)

22×30 metal carport (open) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport (Open) →

🏢 22×30

Commercial Steel Building

22×30 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 22×30

RV Cover / Boat Storage

22×30 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🌾 22×30

Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) →

🎯 22×30

Backyard Studio / Retreat

22×30 backyard studio / retreat configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Studio / Retreat →

🏭 22×30

Factory / Warehouse

22×30 factory / warehouse configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Factory / Warehouse →

🏛️ 22×30

Government / Institutional

22×30 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 22×30

Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

22×30 equestrian arena / tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian Arena / Tack Room →

🏛️ 22×30

Houses of Worship

22×30 houses of worship configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Home Gym / Studio questions, answered.

How much does a 22×30 home gym / studio cost?

A 22×30 home gym / studio from Steel and Stud starts at $9,750 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $203/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×30 home gym / studio price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud home gym / studio ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×30 home gym / studio?

Almost always for 660+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud home gym / studio different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×30 home gym / studio need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×30 home gym / studio delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×30 home gym / studio without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $203/month on a 22×30 home gym / studio.

What warranty comes with the 22×30 home gym / studio?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×30 home gym / studio in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 22×30 home gym / studio for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a home gym / studio to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Home Gym / Studio quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$9,750.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
White steel structure home gym with black roll-up door and glass corner entry showing weight racks

22×30 Home Gym / Studio

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$9,750.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Tan steel barn with brown roof, stacked hay bales, and tractors at golden hour

22×30 Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×30 Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) | Steel and Stud, From $10,400

12

22×30 Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$11,850$10,400SAVE $1,450
or $217/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×30Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×30 Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch), built for farm and ranch demands.

Our 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) fits 22-foot widths and 30-foot lengths to give you durable cover that handles snow, wind, and feed loads. Tractor barn, hay storage, livestock shelter, or feed barn. Heavy-duty.

You’re viewing:Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)·Size22×30·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$10,400$11,850Save $1,450
or as low as $217/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×30
22×30
this size
$10,400
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 660 sq ft enclosed
  • From $6,500
  • Lean-To Ready
  • Heavy Duty
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X30-METAL-BARN-FARM-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your livestock-barn layout.

22 feet wide × 30 feet long. Our 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) fits 22-foot widths and 30-foot lengths to give you durable cover that handles snow, wind, and feed loads.

Livestock areaCENTER ALLEYFeed / Storage22′ × 30′ · 660 sq ft · livestock-barn layout

Livestock area · Center alley · Feed / Storage

Livestock area at the front, center alley in the middle, feed / storage at the rear. Tractor barn, hay storage, livestock shelter, or feed barn.

💡 Pro tip:Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) at 22×30, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×30 Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch).

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
660 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×30 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) spec sheet.

Width22′
Length30′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space660 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch).

DAILY USEEveryday metal barn (farm & ranch)
Everyday metal barn (farm & ranch)
660 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a metal barn (farm & ranch).
STORAGE OVERFLOWmetal barn (farm & ranch) + seasonal storage
metal barn (farm & ranch) + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×30 Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch), what makes it different.

660sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$217/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $217/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×30?

660 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 30′ footprint with 660 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $5,280–$7,920 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×30 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×30 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×30 Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×30 Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×31×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,970+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) also viewed:

🏡 22×30

Metal Garage (2 Cars)

22×30 metal garage (2 cars) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage (2 Cars) →

🏡 22×30

Workshop / Hobby Space

22×30 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 22×30

Metal Carport (Open)

22×30 metal carport (open) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport (Open) →

🏢 22×30

Commercial Steel Building

22×30 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 22×30

RV Cover / Boat Storage

22×30 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 22×30

Home Gym / Studio

22×30 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🎯 22×30

Backyard Studio / Retreat

22×30 backyard studio / retreat configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Studio / Retreat →

🏭 22×30

Factory / Warehouse

22×30 factory / warehouse configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Factory / Warehouse →

🏛️ 22×30

Government / Institutional

22×30 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 22×30

Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

22×30 equestrian arena / tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian Arena / Tack Room →

🏛️ 22×30

Houses of Worship

22×30 houses of worship configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) questions, answered.

How much does a 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) cost?

A 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) from Steel and Stud starts at $10,400 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $217/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud metal barn (farm & ranch) ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch)?

Almost always for 660+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud metal barn (farm & ranch) different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $217/month on a 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch).

What warranty comes with the 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch)?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$10,400.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Tan steel barn with brown roof, stacked hay bales, and tractors at golden hour

22×30 Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$10,400.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Green prefab metal building at dusk with lit picture windows showing a home hobby studio inside

22×30 Backyard Studio / Retreat

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×30 Backyard Studio / Retreat | Steel and Stud, From $9,750

12

22×30 Backyard Studio / Retreat
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$11,100$9,750SAVE $1,350
or $203/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×30Backyard Studio / Retreat

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×30 Backyard Studio / Retreat, built for hobby and recreational use.

Our 22×30 backyard studio / retreat fits 22-foot widths and 30-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare. Personal retreat away from the house. Game room, music studio, art.

You’re viewing:Backyard Studio / Retreat·Size22×30·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$9,750$11,100Save $1,350
or as low as $203/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×30
22×30
this size
$9,750
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 660 sq ft enclosed
  • From $7,995
  • Insulated
  • Walk-In Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X30-BACKYARD-STUDIO-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your home-office layout.

22 feet wide × 30 feet long. Our 22×30 backyard studio / retreat fits 22-foot widths and 30-foot lengths to give you a comfortable hobby retreat with sidewall room to spare.

Work zoneMeeting / deskStorage / Mech22′ × 30′ · 660 sq ft · home-office layout

Work zone · Meeting / desk · Storage / Mech

Work zone at the front, meeting / desk in the middle, storage / mech at the rear. Personal retreat away from the house.

💡 Pro tip:Backyard Studio / Retreat at 22×30, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×30 Backyard Studio / Retreat in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Backyard Studio / Retreat.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
660 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×30 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Backyard Studio / Retreat spec sheet.

Width22′
Length30′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space660 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Backyard Studio / Retreat.

DAILY USEEveryday backyard studio / retreat
Everyday backyard studio / retreat
660 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a backyard studio / retreat.
STORAGE OVERFLOWbackyard studio / retreat + seasonal storage
backyard studio / retreat + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×30 Backyard Studio / Retreat, what makes it different.

660sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$203/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×30 backyard studio / retreat is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $203/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×30?

660 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 30′ footprint with 660 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $5,280–$7,920 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Backyard Studio / Retreat shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×30 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×30 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×30 Backyard Studio / Retreat buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×30 Backyard Studio / Retreat

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Backyard Studio / Retreat · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×31×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,970+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Backyard Studio / Retreat also viewed:

🏡 22×30

Metal Garage (2 Cars)

22×30 metal garage (2 cars) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage (2 Cars) →

🏡 22×30

Workshop / Hobby Space

22×30 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 22×30

Metal Carport (Open)

22×30 metal carport (open) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport (Open) →

🏢 22×30

Commercial Steel Building

22×30 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 22×30

RV Cover / Boat Storage

22×30 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 22×30

Home Gym / Studio

22×30 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 22×30

Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) →

🏭 22×30

Factory / Warehouse

22×30 factory / warehouse configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Factory / Warehouse →

🏛️ 22×30

Government / Institutional

22×30 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 22×30

Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

22×30 equestrian arena / tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian Arena / Tack Room →

🏛️ 22×30

Houses of Worship

22×30 houses of worship configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Backyard Studio / Retreat questions, answered.

How much does a 22×30 backyard studio / retreat cost?

A 22×30 backyard studio / retreat from Steel and Stud starts at $9,750 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $203/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×30 backyard studio / retreat price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud backyard studio / retreat ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×30 backyard studio / retreat?

Almost always for 660+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud backyard studio / retreat different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×30 backyard studio / retreat need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×30 backyard studio / retreat delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×30 backyard studio / retreat without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $203/month on a 22×30 backyard studio / retreat.

What warranty comes with the 22×30 backyard studio / retreat?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×30 backyard studio / retreat in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 22×30 backyard studio / retreat for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a backyard studio / retreat to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your Backyard Studio / Retreat quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$9,750.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Green prefab metal building at dusk with lit picture windows showing a home hobby studio inside

22×30 Backyard Studio / Retreat

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$9,750.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Red steel building fabrication shop with welder inside, forklift, and stacked steel beams outside

22×30 Factory / Warehouse

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×30 Factory / Warehouse | Steel and Stud, From $12,000

12

22×30 Factory / Warehouse
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$13,700$12,000SAVE $1,700
or $250/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×30Factory / Warehouse

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×30 Factory / Warehouse, rated for heavy-duty industrial loads.

Looking for a 22×30 factory / warehouse? At 660 sq ft, this footprint suits fabrication, heavy machinery, or warehousing. Inventory staging, service bays, small equipment storage, and light production. Heavy-duty.

You’re viewing:Factory / Warehouse·Size22×30·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$12,000$13,700Save $1,700
or as low as $250/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×30
22×30
this size
$12,000
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 660 sq ft enclosed
  • From $9,500
  • Code Certified
  • 12 Gauge
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X30-FACTORY-WAREHOUSBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your small-business warehouse.

22 feet wide × 30 feet long. Single roll-up door, hand-truck operation. Looking for a 22×30 factory / warehouse? At 660 sq ft, this footprint suits fabrication, heavy machinery, or warehousing.

Loading areaINVENTORY RACKSOffice corner22′ × 30′ · 660 sq ft · small-business warehouse

Loading area · Inventory racks · Office corner

Loading area at the front, inventory racks in the middle, office corner at the rear. Capacity: ~13 pallet positions. Inventory staging, service bays, small equipment storage, and light production.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: shelving, desk + computer.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×30 Factory / Warehouse in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Factory / Warehouse.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
660 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×30 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Factory / Warehouse spec sheet.

Width22′
Length30′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space660 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Factory / Warehouse.

DAILY USEEveryday factory / warehouse
Everyday factory / warehouse
660 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a factory / warehouse.
STORAGE OVERFLOWfactory / warehouse + seasonal storage
factory / warehouse + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×30 Factory / Warehouse, what makes it different.

660sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$250/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×30 factory / warehouse is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $250/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×30?

660 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 30′ footprint with 660 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $5,280–$7,920 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Factory / Warehouse shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×30 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×30 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×30 Factory / Warehouse buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×30 Factory / Warehouse

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Factory / Warehouse · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×31×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,970+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Factory / Warehouse also viewed:

🏡 22×30

Metal Garage (2 Cars)

22×30 metal garage (2 cars) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage (2 Cars) →

🏡 22×30

Workshop / Hobby Space

22×30 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 22×30

Metal Carport (Open)

22×30 metal carport (open) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport (Open) →

🏢 22×30

Commercial Steel Building

22×30 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 22×30

RV Cover / Boat Storage

22×30 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 22×30

Home Gym / Studio

22×30 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 22×30

Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) →

🎯 22×30

Backyard Studio / Retreat

22×30 backyard studio / retreat configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Studio / Retreat →

🏛️ 22×30

Government / Institutional

22×30 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 22×30

Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

22×30 equestrian arena / tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian Arena / Tack Room →

🏛️ 22×30

Houses of Worship

22×30 houses of worship configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Factory / Warehouse questions, answered.

How much does a 22×30 factory / warehouse cost?

A 22×30 factory / warehouse from Steel and Stud starts at $12,000 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $250/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×30 factory / warehouse price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud factory / warehouse ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×30 factory / warehouse?

Almost always for 660+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud factory / warehouse different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×30 factory / warehouse need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×30 factory / warehouse delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×30 factory / warehouse without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $250/month on a 22×30 factory / warehouse.

What warranty comes with the 22×30 factory / warehouse?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×30 factory / warehouse in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×30 factory / warehouse handle heavy equipment and forklifts?

Standard 22×30 factory / warehouse ships rated for 35 psf live load on the floor (over concrete pad), and the 12-gauge frame upgrade supports trolley- and jib-crane mounts up to 1-ton capacity. Steel and Stud engineers will spec heavier rigging on request, call 1-877-275-7048.

Ready to build?

Your Factory / Warehouse quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$12,000.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Red steel building fabrication shop with welder inside, forklift, and stacked steel beams outside

22×30 Factory / Warehouse

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$12,000.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
White steel building with blue roof sheltering a backhoe at a busy public works yard

22×30 Government / Institutional

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×30 Government / Institutional | Steel and Stud, From $11,700

12

22×30 Government / Institutional
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$13,350$11,700SAVE $1,650
or $244/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×30Government / Institutional

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×30 Government / Institutional, engineered to code for assembly use.

Our 22×30 government / institutional fits 22-foot widths and 30-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes. Evacuation shelters, municipal equipment storage, field offices, and.

You’re viewing:Government / Institutional·Size22×30·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$11,700$13,350Save $1,650
or as low as $244/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×30
22×30
this size
$11,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 660 sq ft enclosed
  • Engineered
  • 170+ MPH
  • Fire Code
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X30-GOVERNMENT-INSTIBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your government / institutional layout.

22 feet wide × 30 feet long. Our 22×30 government / institutional fits 22-foot widths and 30-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes.

Car 1Car 2OFFICE22′ × 30′ · 660 sq ft · government / institutional layout

Government / Institutional layout.

Our 22×30 government / institutional fits 22-foot widths and 30-foot lengths to give you public-use-rated steel built to local assembly codes. Evacuation shelters, municipal equipment storage, field offices, and emergency response staging. Engineered up to 170+ MPH wind ratings with stamped permit-ready drawings.

💡 Pro tip:Government / Institutional at 22×30, add insulation + electrical for year-round use.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×30 Government / Institutional in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Government / Institutional.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
660 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×30 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Government / Institutional spec sheet.

Width22′
Length30′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space660 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Government / Institutional.

DAILY USEEveryday government / institutional
Everyday government / institutional
660 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a government / institutional.
STORAGE OVERFLOWgovernment / institutional + seasonal storage
government / institutional + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×30 Government / Institutional, what makes it different.

660sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$244/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×30 government / institutional is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $244/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×30?

660 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 30′ footprint with 660 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $5,280–$7,920 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Government / Institutional shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×30 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×30 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×30 Government / Institutional buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×30 Government / Institutional

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Government / Institutional · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×31×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,970+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Government / Institutional also viewed:

🏡 22×30

Metal Garage (2 Cars)

22×30 metal garage (2 cars) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage (2 Cars) →

🏡 22×30

Workshop / Hobby Space

22×30 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 22×30

Metal Carport (Open)

22×30 metal carport (open) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport (Open) →

🏢 22×30

Commercial Steel Building

22×30 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 22×30

RV Cover / Boat Storage

22×30 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 22×30

Home Gym / Studio

22×30 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 22×30

Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) →

🎯 22×30

Backyard Studio / Retreat

22×30 backyard studio / retreat configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Studio / Retreat →

🏭 22×30

Factory / Warehouse

22×30 factory / warehouse configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Factory / Warehouse →

🌾 22×30

Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

22×30 equestrian arena / tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian Arena / Tack Room →

🏛️ 22×30

Houses of Worship

22×30 houses of worship configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Government / Institutional questions, answered.

How much does a 22×30 government / institutional cost?

A 22×30 government / institutional from Steel and Stud starts at $11,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $244/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×30 government / institutional price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud government / institutional ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×30 government / institutional?

Almost always for 660+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud government / institutional different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×30 government / institutional need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×30 government / institutional delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×30 government / institutional without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $244/month on a 22×30 government / institutional.

What warranty comes with the 22×30 government / institutional?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×30 government / institutional in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×30 government / institutional pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Government / Institutional quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$11,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
White steel building with blue roof sheltering a backhoe at a busy public works yard

22×30 Government / Institutional

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$11,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Monitor roof steel barn in red with open aisle stalls, a popular metal barn kit style

22×30 Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×30 Equestrian Arena / Tack Room | Steel and Stud, From $10,400

12

22×30 Equestrian Arena / Tack Room
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$11,850$10,400SAVE $1,450
or $217/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×30Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×30 Equestrian Arena / Tack Room, built for farm and ranch demands.

Our 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room fits 22-foot widths and 30-foot lengths to give you durable cover that handles snow, wind, and feed loads. High roof clearance for mounted riders, reinforced flooring for hooves.

You’re viewing:Equestrian Arena / Tack Room·Size22×30·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$10,400$11,850Save $1,450
or as low as $217/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×30
22×30
this size
$10,400
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 660 sq ft enclosed
  • Up to 20 Tall
  • Ventilation
  • Heavy Duty
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X30-EQUESTRIAN-ARENABuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

22 feet wide × 30 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. Our 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room fits 22-foot widths and 30-foot lengths to give you durable cover that handles snow, wind, and feed loads.

1 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room22′ × 30′ · 660 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

1 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

1 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 1 horses + tack + feed. High roof clearance for mounted riders, reinforced flooring for hooves, oversized roll-up doors.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: dutch doors per stall, wash bay rough-in, fly system.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×30 Equestrian Arena / Tack Room in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Equestrian Arena / Tack Room.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
660 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×30 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Equestrian Arena / Tack Room spec sheet.

Width22′
Length30′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space660 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Equestrian Arena / Tack Room.

DAILY USEEveryday equestrian arena / tack room
Everyday equestrian arena / tack room
660 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a equestrian arena / tack room.
STORAGE OVERFLOWequestrian arena / tack room + seasonal storage
equestrian arena / tack room + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×30 Equestrian Arena / Tack Room, what makes it different.

660sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$217/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $217/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×30?

660 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 30′ footprint with 660 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $5,280–$7,920 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Equestrian Arena / Tack Room shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×30 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×30 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×30 Equestrian Arena / Tack Room buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×30 Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Equestrian Arena / Tack Room · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×31×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,970+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Equestrian Arena / Tack Room also viewed:

🏡 22×30

Metal Garage (2 Cars)

22×30 metal garage (2 cars) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage (2 Cars) →

🏡 22×30

Workshop / Hobby Space

22×30 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 22×30

Metal Carport (Open)

22×30 metal carport (open) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport (Open) →

🏢 22×30

Commercial Steel Building

22×30 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 22×30

RV Cover / Boat Storage

22×30 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 22×30

Home Gym / Studio

22×30 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 22×30

Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) →

🎯 22×30

Backyard Studio / Retreat

22×30 backyard studio / retreat configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Studio / Retreat →

🏭 22×30

Factory / Warehouse

22×30 factory / warehouse configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Factory / Warehouse →

🏛️ 22×30

Government / Institutional

22×30 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🏛️ 22×30

Houses of Worship

22×30 houses of worship configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Houses of Worship →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Equestrian Arena / Tack Room questions, answered.

How much does a 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room cost?

A 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room from Steel and Stud starts at $10,400 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $217/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud equestrian arena / tack room ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room?

Almost always for 660+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud equestrian arena / tack room different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $217/month on a 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room.

What warranty comes with the 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×30 equestrian arena / tack room stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Equestrian Arena / Tack Room quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$10,400.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Monitor roof steel barn in red with open aisle stalls, a popular metal barn kit style

22×30 Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$10,400.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Side elevation of a charcoal commercial metal building church lined with arched stained glass windows

22×30 Houses of Worship

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×30 Houses of Worship | Steel and Stud, From $11,700

12

22×30 Houses of Worship
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$13,350$11,700SAVE $1,650
or $244/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×30Houses of Worship

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×30 Houses of Worship, engineered to code for assembly use.

Built for community organizations and public assembly use, this 22×30 houses of worship packs 660 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Churches, mosques, temples, and gurdwaras. Column-free 660 sq ft interior fits.

You’re viewing:Houses of Worship·Size22×30·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$11,700$13,350Save $1,650
or as low as $244/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×30
22×30
this size
$11,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 660 sq ft enclosed
  • Clear Span
  • Insulated
  • Code Certified
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X30-HOUSES-WORSHIPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your chapel layout.

22 feet wide × 30 feet long. Intimate sanctuary, single-aisle layout. Built for community organizations and public assembly use, this 22×30 houses of worship packs 660 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Altar / pulpitPew areaFOYER22′ × 30′ · 660 sq ft · chapel layout

Altar / pulpit · Pew area · Foyer

Altar / pulpit at the front, pew area in the middle, foyer at the rear. Capacity: seats ~66. Churches, mosques, temples, and gurdwaras.

💡 Pro tip:Size affords: choir stand, narthex.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×30 Houses of Worship in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Houses of Worship.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
660 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×30 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Houses of Worship spec sheet.

Width22′
Length30′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space660 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Houses of Worship.

DAILY USEEveryday houses of worship
Everyday houses of worship
660 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a houses of worship.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhouses of worship + seasonal storage
houses of worship + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×30 Houses of Worship, what makes it different.

660sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$244/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×30 houses of worship is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $244/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×30?

660 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 30′ footprint with 660 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $5,280–$7,920 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Houses of Worship shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×30 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×30 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×30 Houses of Worship buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×30 Houses of Worship

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Houses of Worship · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×31×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$2,970+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Houses of Worship also viewed:

🏡 22×30

Metal Garage (2 Cars)

22×30 metal garage (2 cars) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Garage (2 Cars) →

🏡 22×30

Workshop / Hobby Space

22×30 workshop / hobby space configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Workshop / Hobby Space →

🏡 22×30

Metal Carport (Open)

22×30 metal carport (open) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Carport (Open) →

🏢 22×30

Commercial Steel Building

22×30 commercial steel building configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,600Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Commercial Steel Building →

🏡 22×30

RV Cover / Boat Storage

22×30 rv cover / boat storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover / Boat Storage →

🎯 22×30

Home Gym / Studio

22×30 home gym / studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Home Gym / Studio →

🌾 22×30

Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch)

22×30 metal barn (farm & ranch) configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Barn (Farm & Ranch) →

🎯 22×30

Backyard Studio / Retreat

22×30 backyard studio / retreat configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$9,750Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Backyard Studio / Retreat →

🏭 22×30

Factory / Warehouse

22×30 factory / warehouse configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,000Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Factory / Warehouse →

🏛️ 22×30

Government / Institutional

22×30 government / institutional configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Government / Institutional →

🌾 22×30

Equestrian Arena / Tack Room

22×30 equestrian arena / tack room configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$10,400Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Equestrian Arena / Tack Room →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Houses of Worship questions, answered.

How much does a 22×30 houses of worship cost?

A 22×30 houses of worship from Steel and Stud starts at $11,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $244/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×30 houses of worship price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud houses of worship ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×30 houses of worship?

Almost always for 660+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud houses of worship different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×30 houses of worship need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×30 houses of worship delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×30 houses of worship without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $244/month on a 22×30 houses of worship.

What warranty comes with the 22×30 houses of worship?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×30 houses of worship in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×30 houses of worship pass community-use and assembly inspections?

Yes. Steel and Stud’s engineered drawings include load calculations, accessibility paths, and egress widths required by most jurisdictions for assembly and institutional use. Stamped, sealed PE drawings are included free with every order.

Ready to build?

Your Houses of Worship quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$11,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Side elevation of a charcoal commercial metal building church lined with arched stained glass windows

22×30 Houses of Worship

660 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 30′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×30 steel building delivers 660 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$11,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Green metal building kit two car garage with cream roll up doors and landscaped yard

22×36 Two-Car Detached Garage

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×36 Two-Car Detached Garage | Steel and Stud, From $11,700

12

22×36 Two-Car Detached Garage
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$13,350$11,700SAVE $1,650
or $244/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×36Two-Car Detached Garage

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×36 Two-Car Detached Garage, built for daily backyard use.

Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 22×36 two-car detached garage packs 792 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Homeowners pick this footprint when a single-car garage no longer cuts it. Two F-150s.

You’re viewing:Two-Car Detached Garage·Size22×36·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$11,700$13,350Save $1,650
or as low as $244/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×36
22×35
smaller
$11,350
22×36
this size
$11,700
22×40
longer
$13,000
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 792 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • 29 GA Vertical Roof
  • 9×8 Roll-Up
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X36-TWO-CAR-DETACHEDBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your two-bay garage.

22 feet wide × 36 feet long. Two 9-ft doors, walk-in side entry. Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 22×36 two-car detached garage packs 792 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Vehicle bay 1Vehicle bay 2Workbench / tools22′ × 36′ · 792 sq ft · two-bay garage

Vehicle bay 1 · Vehicle bay 2 · Workbench / tools

Vehicle bay 1 at the front, vehicle bay 2 in the middle, workbench / tools at the rear. Capacity: 2 vehicles + small workshop. Homeowners pick this footprint when a single-car garage no longer cuts it.

💡 Pro tip:Free Install. Size affords: lift rough-in, air compressor, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×36 Two-Car Detached Garage in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Two-Car Detached Garage.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
792 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×36 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Two-Car Detached Garage spec sheet.

Width22′
Length36′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space792 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Two-Car Detached Garage.

DAILY USEEveryday two-car detached garage
Everyday two-car detached garage
792 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a two-car detached garage.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtwo-car detached garage + seasonal storage
two-car detached garage + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×36 Two-Car Detached Garage, what makes it different.

792sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$244/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×36 two-car detached garage is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $244/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×36?

792 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 36′ footprint with 792 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $6,336–$9,504 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Two-Car Detached Garage shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×36 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×36 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×36 Two-Car Detached Garage buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×36 Two-Car Detached Garage

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Two-Car Detached Garage · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×37×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$3,564+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Two-Car Detached Garage also viewed:

🏡 22×36

Metal Workshop with 220V

22×36 metal workshop with 220v configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop with 220V →

🎯 22×36

RV Cover with Storage Bay

22×36 rv cover with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Storage Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×36 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🌾 22×36

Two-Stall Horse Barn

22×36 two-stall horse barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn →

🏢 22×36

Detached Shop for Contractors

22×36 detached shop for contractors configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Shop for Contractors →

🏡 22×36

Garage + Man Cave Combo

22×36 garage + man cave combo configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage + Man Cave Combo →

🎯 22×36

She Shed Studio

22×36 she shed studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed Studio →

🏭 22×36

Small Fabrication Bay

22×36 small fabrication bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Fabrication Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hay & Implement Storage

22×36 hay & implement storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay & Implement Storage →

🏢 22×36

Self-Storage Annex

22×36 self-storage annex configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Self-Storage Annex →

🏛️ 22×36

Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay

22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Two-Car Detached Garage questions, answered.

How much does a 22×36 two-car detached garage cost?

A 22×36 two-car detached garage from Steel and Stud starts at $11,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $244/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×36 two-car detached garage price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud two-car detached garage ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×36 two-car detached garage?

Almost always for 792+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud two-car detached garage different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×36 two-car detached garage need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×36 two-car detached garage delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×36 two-car detached garage without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $244/month on a 22×36 two-car detached garage.

What warranty comes with the 22×36 two-car detached garage?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×36 two-car detached garage in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×36 two-car detached garage add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×36 two-car detached garage typically adds $6,336–$9,504 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Two-Car Detached Garage quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$11,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Green metal building kit two car garage with cream roll up doors and landscaped yard

22×36 Two-Car Detached Garage

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$11,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Light gray metal workshop with clerestory windows, navy accents, and a white work van outside

22×36 Metal Workshop with 220V

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×36 Metal Workshop with 220V | Steel and Stud, From $11,700

12

22×36 Metal Workshop with 220V
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$13,350$11,700SAVE $1,650
or $244/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×36Metal Workshop with 220V

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×36 Metal Workshop with 220V, built for daily backyard use.

Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 22×36 metal workshop with 220v packs 792 sq ft into a code-compliant shell. Tradespeople and serious hobbyists use the full 792 sq ft as a dedicated shop. The 22-ft.

You’re viewing:Metal Workshop with 220V·Size22×36·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$11,700$13,350Save $1,650
or as low as $244/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×36
22×35
smaller
$11,350
22×36
this size
$11,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 792 sq ft enclosed
  • 12 GA Frame
  • Vertical Roof
  • 12×12 Roll-Up
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X36-METAL-WORKSHOP-2Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your workshop layout.

22 feet wide × 36 feet long. Side-load + walk-in, dust-collection ready. Built for homeowners who want more covered space, this 22×36 metal workshop with 220v packs 792 sq ft into a code-compliant shell.

Workbench wallTABLE SAW / CENTERLumber / Material rack22′ × 36′ · 792 sq ft · workshop layout

Workbench wall · Table saw / Center · Lumber / Material rack

Workbench wall at the front, table saw / center in the middle, lumber / material rack at the rear. Capacity: 1-person serious shop. Tradespeople and serious hobbyists use the full 792 sq ft as a dedicated shop.

💡 Pro tip:R-19 Insulated. Size affords: dust collection, 220V subpanel, shop sink.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×36 Metal Workshop with 220V in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Metal Workshop with 220V.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
792 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×36 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Metal Workshop with 220V spec sheet.

Width22′
Length36′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space792 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Metal Workshop with 220V.

DAILY USEEveryday metal workshop with 220v
Everyday metal workshop with 220v
792 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a metal workshop with 220v.
STORAGE OVERFLOWmetal workshop with 220v + seasonal storage
metal workshop with 220v + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×36 Metal Workshop with 220V, what makes it different.

792sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$244/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×36 metal workshop with 220v is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $244/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×36?

792 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 36′ footprint with 792 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $6,336–$9,504 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Metal Workshop with 220V shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×36 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×36 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×36 Metal Workshop with 220V buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×36 Metal Workshop with 220V

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Metal Workshop with 220V · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×37×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$3,564+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Metal Workshop with 220V also viewed:

🏡 22×36

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×36 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🎯 22×36

RV Cover with Storage Bay

22×36 rv cover with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Storage Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×36 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🌾 22×36

Two-Stall Horse Barn

22×36 two-stall horse barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn →

🏢 22×36

Detached Shop for Contractors

22×36 detached shop for contractors configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Shop for Contractors →

🏡 22×36

Garage + Man Cave Combo

22×36 garage + man cave combo configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage + Man Cave Combo →

🎯 22×36

She Shed Studio

22×36 she shed studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed Studio →

🏭 22×36

Small Fabrication Bay

22×36 small fabrication bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Fabrication Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hay & Implement Storage

22×36 hay & implement storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay & Implement Storage →

🏢 22×36

Self-Storage Annex

22×36 self-storage annex configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Self-Storage Annex →

🏛️ 22×36

Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay

22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Metal Workshop with 220V questions, answered.

How much does a 22×36 metal workshop with 220v cost?

A 22×36 metal workshop with 220v from Steel and Stud starts at $11,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $244/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×36 metal workshop with 220v price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud metal workshop with 220v ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×36 metal workshop with 220v?

Almost always for 792+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud metal workshop with 220v different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×36 metal workshop with 220v need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×36 metal workshop with 220v delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×36 metal workshop with 220v without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $244/month on a 22×36 metal workshop with 220v.

What warranty comes with the 22×36 metal workshop with 220v?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×36 metal workshop with 220v in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Does a 22×36 metal workshop with 220v add resale value to my home?

An enclosed 22×36 metal workshop with 220v typically adds $6,336–$9,504 in resale value per regional comp data, and most insurance carriers reduce premiums for indoor vehicle / equipment storage. Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust warranty transfers to the next owner.

Ready to build?

Your Metal Workshop with 220V quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$11,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Light gray metal workshop with clerestory windows, navy accents, and a white work van outside

22×36 Metal Workshop with 220V

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$11,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Red steel barn with cupola weathervane and sliding doors on an autumn lakeside lawn

22×36 RV Cover with Storage Bay

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×36 RV Cover with Storage Bay | Steel and Stud, From $11,700

12

22×36 RV Cover with Storage Bay
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$13,350$11,700SAVE $1,650
or $244/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×36RV Cover with Storage Bay

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×36 RV Cover with Storage Bay, built for hobby and recreational use.

Looking for a 22×36 rv cover with storage bay? At 792 sq ft, this footprint suits home gyms, hunting cabins, or backyard retreats. RV owners run a 35-ft Class A or fifth-wheel down the center and frame in a 22×36.

You’re viewing:RV Cover with Storage Bay·Size22×36·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$11,700$13,350Save $1,650
or as low as $244/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×36
22×35
smaller
$11,350
22×36
this size
$11,700
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 792 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • 12′ Leg Height
  • Open Front
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X36-RV-COVER-STORAGEBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your RV-cover layout.

22 feet wide × 36 feet long. 14-ft sidewalls fit slide-outs deployed. Looking for a 22×36 rv cover with storage bay? At 792 sq ft, this footprint suits home gyms, hunting cabins, or backyard retreats.

RV BAYDaily driverHookup / pre-wire22′ × 36′ · 792 sq ft · RV-cover layout

RV bay · Daily driver · Hookup / pre-wire

RV bay at the front, daily driver in the middle, hookup / pre-wire at the rear. Capacity: 1 Class A up to 32ft + 1 daily driver. RV owners run a 35-ft Class A or fifth-wheel down the center and frame in a 22×36 enclosed storage bay at the rear.

💡 Pro tip:35-ft RV Clearance. Size affords: 50A hookup, sewer dump, overhead lighting.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×36 RV Cover with Storage Bay in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your RV Cover with Storage Bay.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
792 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×36 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

RV Cover with Storage Bay spec sheet.

Width22′
Length36′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space792 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use RV Cover with Storage Bay.

DAILY USEEveryday rv cover with storage bay
Everyday rv cover with storage bay
792 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a rv cover with storage bay.
STORAGE OVERFLOWrv cover with storage bay + seasonal storage
rv cover with storage bay + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×36 RV Cover with Storage Bay, what makes it different.

792sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$244/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×36 rv cover with storage bay is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $244/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×36?

792 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 36′ footprint with 792 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $6,336–$9,504 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from RV Cover with Storage Bay shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×36 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×36 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×36 RV Cover with Storage Bay buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×36 RV Cover with Storage Bay

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your RV Cover with Storage Bay · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×37×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$3,564+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose RV Cover with Storage Bay also viewed:

🏡 22×36

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×36 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🏡 22×36

Metal Workshop with 220V

22×36 metal workshop with 220v configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop with 220V →

🌾 22×36

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×36 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🌾 22×36

Two-Stall Horse Barn

22×36 two-stall horse barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn →

🏢 22×36

Detached Shop for Contractors

22×36 detached shop for contractors configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Shop for Contractors →

🏡 22×36

Garage + Man Cave Combo

22×36 garage + man cave combo configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage + Man Cave Combo →

🎯 22×36

She Shed Studio

22×36 she shed studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed Studio →

🏭 22×36

Small Fabrication Bay

22×36 small fabrication bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Fabrication Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hay & Implement Storage

22×36 hay & implement storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay & Implement Storage →

🏢 22×36

Self-Storage Annex

22×36 self-storage annex configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Self-Storage Annex →

🏛️ 22×36

Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay

22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

RV Cover with Storage Bay questions, answered.

How much does a 22×36 rv cover with storage bay cost?

A 22×36 rv cover with storage bay from Steel and Stud starts at $11,700 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $244/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×36 rv cover with storage bay price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud rv cover with storage bay ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×36 rv cover with storage bay?

Almost always for 792+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud rv cover with storage bay different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×36 rv cover with storage bay need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×36 rv cover with storage bay delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×36 rv cover with storage bay without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $244/month on a 22×36 rv cover with storage bay.

What warranty comes with the 22×36 rv cover with storage bay?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×36 rv cover with storage bay in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Can I insulate the 22×36 rv cover with storage bay for year-round use?

Yes, Steel and Stud offers R-13 wall + R-19 ceiling insulation packages, and the interior is drywall-ready. Most owners finish a rv cover with storage bay to a livable retreat in 2–3 weekends. Add a mini-split HVAC at checkout for full four-season comfort.

Ready to build?

Your RV Cover with Storage Bay quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$11,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Red steel barn with cupola weathervane and sliding doors on an autumn lakeside lawn

22×36 RV Cover with Storage Bay

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$11,700.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Open front metal shed with single slope roof and wood posts near grain bins

22×36 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×36 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn | Steel and Stud, From $12,350

12

22×36 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$14,100$12,350SAVE $1,750
or $257/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×36Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×36 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn, built for farm and ranch demands.

Hobby farmers store a sub-compact tractor, brush hog, ATV, hay rake, and round bales under one roof. The 36 ft length lets you pull straight in with a tractor and implement attached, and the open span eliminates posts.

You’re viewing:Hobby Farm Equipment Barn·Size22×36·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$12,350$14,100Save $1,750
or as low as $257/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×36
22×35
smaller
$12,000
22×36
this size
$12,350
28×36
wider
$13,400
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 792 sq ft enclosed
  • Open Span
  • Sliding Barn Door
  • Gable End Vents
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X36-HOBBY-FARM-EQUIPBuilt:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your livestock-barn layout.

22 feet wide × 36 feet long. Hobby farmers store a sub-compact tractor, brush hog, ATV, hay rake, and round bales under one roof.

Livestock areaCENTER ALLEYFeed / Storage22′ × 36′ · 792 sq ft · livestock-barn layout

Livestock area · Center alley · Feed / Storage

Livestock area at the front, center alley in the middle, feed / storage at the rear. The 36 ft length lets you pull straight in with a tractor and implement attached, and the open span eliminates posts that get in the way of equipment turns.

💡 Pro tip:Open Span.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×36 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
792 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×36 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn spec sheet.

Width22′
Length36′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space792 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Hobby Farm Equipment Barn.

DAILY USEEveryday hobby farm equipment barn
Everyday hobby farm equipment barn
792 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a hobby farm equipment barn.
STORAGE OVERFLOWhobby farm equipment barn + seasonal storage
hobby farm equipment barn + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×36 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn, what makes it different.

792sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$257/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×36 hobby farm equipment barn is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $257/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×36?

792 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 36′ footprint with 792 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $6,336–$9,504 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Hobby Farm Equipment Barn shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×36 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×36 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×36 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×36 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×37×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$3,564+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Hobby Farm Equipment Barn also viewed:

🏡 22×36

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×36 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🏡 22×36

Metal Workshop with 220V

22×36 metal workshop with 220v configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop with 220V →

🎯 22×36

RV Cover with Storage Bay

22×36 rv cover with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Storage Bay →

🌾 22×36

Two-Stall Horse Barn

22×36 two-stall horse barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Stall Horse Barn →

🏢 22×36

Detached Shop for Contractors

22×36 detached shop for contractors configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Shop for Contractors →

🏡 22×36

Garage + Man Cave Combo

22×36 garage + man cave combo configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage + Man Cave Combo →

🎯 22×36

She Shed Studio

22×36 she shed studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed Studio →

🏭 22×36

Small Fabrication Bay

22×36 small fabrication bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Fabrication Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hay & Implement Storage

22×36 hay & implement storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay & Implement Storage →

🏢 22×36

Self-Storage Annex

22×36 self-storage annex configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Self-Storage Annex →

🏛️ 22×36

Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay

22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn questions, answered.

How much does a 22×36 hobby farm equipment barn cost?

A 22×36 hobby farm equipment barn from Steel and Stud starts at $12,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $257/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×36 hobby farm equipment barn price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment barn ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×36 hobby farm equipment barn?

Almost always for 792+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud hobby farm equipment barn different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×36 hobby farm equipment barn need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×36 hobby farm equipment barn delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×36 hobby farm equipment barn without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $257/month on a 22×36 hobby farm equipment barn.

What warranty comes with the 22×36 hobby farm equipment barn?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×36 hobby farm equipment barn in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×36 hobby farm equipment barn stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Hobby Farm Equipment Barn quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$12,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Open front metal shed with single slope roof and wood posts near grain bins

22×36 Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$12,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal barn with cupola and dutch door stall, horse looking out while another grazes

22×36 Two-Stall Horse Barn

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.

22×36 Two-Stall Horse Barn | Steel and Stud, From $12,350

12

22×36 Two-Stall Horse Barn
In stock · ships 3–5 wk
Starting from$14,100$12,350SAVE $1,750
or $257/mo · $0 down · no credit check

HomeMetal Buildings22×36Two-Stall Horse Barn

★★★★★4.8(verified buyers)✓ Verified Buyers

22×36 Two-Stall Horse Barn, built for farm and ranch demands.

22×36 delivers 792 sq ft of rugged two-stall horse barn space. Rural property owners frame two 22×36 stalls down one wall and use the remaining 22×36 as a tack and feed room. The 35-ft length leaves a covered aisle for.

You’re viewing:Two-Stall Horse Barn·Size22×36·Slate Gray
Starting from your selected configuration$12,350$14,100Save $1,750
or as low as $257/mo · 0% APR · No credit RTO
ℹ️This is an estimate. Final pricing is locked after our sales team reviews your complete requirements (site access, ground type, county-specific certifications, optional upgrades). You’ll receive a written all-in quote within one business day of your request, no surprises, no hidden fees.
📐 Size footprint dimensionsSelected: 22×36
22×35
smaller
$12,000
22×36
this size
$12,350
📏 Side wall height interior headroomSelected: 9′
7′
8′
9′
10′ +$340
12′ +$640
14′ +$1180
🎨 Roof & trim color applied to building aboveSelected: Slate Gray
Slate Gray

🔧 Customize your build 9 options affect your price
🏗️

Roof Stylevertical sheds snow/leaves naturally
🚪

Roll-Up Doorsfront-mounted garage doors
🪟

Windowsnatural light + ventilation
🚶

Walk-In Doorside entry with deadbolt
🌡️

Insulation Packageyear-round comfort & energy savings
🔩

Frame Gaugestructural steel thickness
📋

Sheeting Gaugeroof + side panel thickness

Anchoring Typefoundation attachment method

Electrical Pre-Wireconduit run for licensed electrician
Customizations selected:
Customization subtotal:+$485
  • 792 sq ft enclosed
  • 14 GA Frame
  • Gable Vents
  • Walk-In Door
  • 180 mph wind certified
  • 65 psf snow load
  • 20-year rust warranty
  • Free delivery + install
🚚
FREE delivery & installation in all 48 states. Concrete, asphalt, or compacted gravel.
SKU:SS-22X36-TWO-STALL-HORSE-Built:1,847+Since: 2002Made in: 🇺🇸 USA
🛡️
A+
BBB Accredited
4.8/5
customer rating
Since 2004
In Business
🏠
15,000+
Buildings
🇺🇸
48
States Served
We’ve provided builds for
FordAppleDiscovery ChannelU.S. ArmyGM
SPATIAL LAYOUT

See how 800 sq ft fits your shedrow horse barn.

22 feet wide × 36 feet long. Center-aisle layout with cross-ties. 22×36 delivers 792 sq ft of rugged two-stall horse barn space.

2 stalls10-FT CENTER AISLETack + Feed room22′ × 36′ · 792 sq ft · shedrow horse barn

2 stalls · 10-ft center aisle · Tack + Feed room

2 stalls at the front, 10-ft center aisle in the middle, tack + feed room at the rear. Capacity: 2 horses + tack + feed. Rural property owners frame two 22×36 stalls down one wall and use the remaining 22×36 as a tack and feed room.

💡 Pro tip:Double-Bubble Insulation. Size affords: dutch doors per stall, wash bay rough-in, fly system.
🎨 FREE 3D BUILDER

Build your 22×36 Two-Stall Horse Barn in 3D.

Design your building yourself in our free Sensei3D Designer, drag doors and windows where you want them, swap roof + trim colors, and see your spec from every angle. Save your design and email it to yourself for later.

  • Drag-and-drop doors, windows, walk-ins anywhere on the building
  • 16 colors applied live to roof, walls, and trim, mix & match
  • Interior + exterior views of your spec, with measurements
  • Save your design and share it with your contractor or family
  • Auto-syncs to quote, what you build is what we price
✓ No login required✓ Works on phone & desktop✓ Used by 38,000+ buyers
Sensei3D Preview
LIVE 3D · DRAG TO ROTATE
, or,

📐 Use the Cold-Form Designer (engineer-grade specs)

WHAT’S INCLUDED

Everything in your Two-Stall Horse Barn.

All variants ship with free delivery, installation, drawings, 20-year warranty.

🏗️
792 sq ft enclosed
Fully-enclosed 22×36 vertical-roof structure.
🚪
Roll-up + walk-in doors
Standard configuration door package.
🔩
14-gauge steel frame
American-rolled galvanized tubing.
🎨
1 standard color
Pick from 16 factory-baked finishes.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Two-Stall Horse Barn spec sheet.

Width22′
Length36′ + 6" overhang
Side height9′ standard
Floor space792 sq ft
Doors1 × 9×8 roll-up
Walk-inOptional (+$345)
WindowsOptional
Windup to 180 mph
Snowup to 65 psf
RoofVertical 3:12
Frame14 ga (12 ga upgrade)
Sheeting29 ga (26 ga upgrade)
AnchoringConcrete · Asphalt · Ground
Lead time3 – 5 weeks
USE CASE EXAMPLES

How real buyers use Two-Stall Horse Barn.

DAILY USEEveryday two-stall horse barn
Everyday two-stall horse barn
792 sq ft is the right size for daily use of a two-stall horse barn.
STORAGE OVERFLOWtwo-stall horse barn + seasonal storage
two-stall horse barn + seasonal storage
Park or store equipment in the front half, leave the rear for seasonal storage and overflow.
FLEX ROOMExpansion-ready
Expansion-ready
Stud-framed interior makes it easy to add a partition, electrical, or insulation later.

FULL PRODUCT DETAILS

22×36 Two-Stall Horse Barn, what makes it different.

792sq ft
Floor Space
180mph
Wind Rated
65psf
Snow Load
20yr
Rust Warranty
40yr
Paint Warranty
$257/mo
From RTO
🏗️

Engineered for your county

Every 22×36 two-stall horse barn is fabricated from American-rolled galvanized steel and engineered against the exact wind and snow loads your jurisdiction requires.

  • Standard: 140 mph wind / 35 psf snow
  • 12-ga upgrade: 180 mph / 65 psf
  • Permit drawings stamped and emailed free
🔩

Construction details

The same materials commercial fabricators use, not residential-grade. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners, factory-baked siliconized polyester paint, Hilti-grade anchors.

  • Frame: 14-ga (12-ga upgrade) galvanized tubing
  • Panels: 29-ga G-90 (26-ga upgrade)
  • Fasteners: #14 self-drilling with EPDM washer
🚚

Free delivery & install, really free

Regional-route delivery plus 1–2 day on-site installation by a certified crew, bundled into your headline price. No hidden unloading fees, fuel surcharges, or site-prep charges.

  • $0 deposit · pay only after walkthrough sign-off
  • 3–5 week lead time on regional routes
  • All 48 states · rush option available
🛡️

Warranty & lifespan

Engineered for a 50-year service life with industry-leading warranties on every wear surface.

  • 20-yr rust-through warranty on frame & panels
  • 40-yr paint warranty against fading + chalking
  • 1-yr craftsmanship on installation
💳

$0-down financing

Three financing paths to fit any credit situation. The rent-to-own option requires no credit pull at all, fastest path to a closed deal.

  • RTO: $257/mo, no credit check, 36–60 mo
  • Financing: 0% promo APR · 84 mo term
  • Cash discount: 4% on $10K+ orders

Why 22×36?

792 sq ft sits in the sweet spot for residential and light-commercial, fits standard quarter-acre setbacks, comfortably below the 1,000 sq ft municipal threshold that triggers extra inspections.

  • 22′ × 36′ footprint with 792 sq ft interior
  • Permit-friendly in 96% of US counties
  • Resale ROI $6,336–$9,504 added home value

PEOPLE ALSO ASK

Common questions from Two-Stall Horse Barn shoppers.

The questions our team hears every week. Click any to expand the short answer.

How thick is the steel on a Steel and Stud 22×36 metal building?

Standard frame: 14-gauge (1.5 mm) galvanized tubing. Optional 12-gauge upgrade (2.5 mm) for high-wind/snow zones. Roof and wall sheeting ships 29-gauge standard, 26-gauge upgrade available on order.

Does Steel and Stud deliver and install in my state?

Yes, free delivery and free installation in all 48 continental states, performed by certified Steel and Stud crews. Hawaii and Alaska use custom freight quotes; call 1-877-275-7048 for either.

What’s the typical lead time for a 22×36 building?

Standard: 3–5 weeks from order confirmation to install completion. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery and 1-2 day install close it out. Rush builds available for $345.

Can I finance a Steel and Stud building without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals typically run 8 minutes with proof of income and first month’s payment. 36–60 month terms, no early-payoff penalty.

What’s covered under the 20-year warranty?

Steel and Stud’s 20-year rust-through warranty covers the galvanized frame against perforation, plus a 20-year paint-finish warranty against fade and chalk. Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Warranty transfers to the next owner on resale.

CUSTOMER REVIEWS

What real 22×36 Two-Stall Horse Barn buyers say.

No reviews yet for the 22×36 Two-Stall Horse Barn

Be the first verified buyer to share your experience. Honest reviews help other steel-building shoppers make a confident decision.

✍ Write the first review


HAVE A QUESTION?

Talk to a real metal-building specialist.

Our team has installed 15,000+ buildings. We answer technical, permit, and financing questions every day, usually in under 8 minutes.

Complete your Two-Stall Horse Barn · Save 10% bundled

These add-ons ship and install with the same crew.

Browse all 28 add-ons →

Bundle & Save

🏗️
Concrete Pad Pour
23×37×4″ slab to engineered spec.
$3,564+ Add
Most Added

🌡
R-19 Insulation Package
Roof & wall batt, vinyl-faced.
$1,795+ Add
💧
Gutter & Downspout Kit
Seamless aluminum, color-matched.
$485+ Add
200-Amp Sub-Panel Pre-Wire
Conduit + sub-panel housing.
$695+ Add
CONSIDERING ALTERNATIVES?

Buyers who chose Two-Stall Horse Barn also viewed:

🏡 22×36

Two-Car Detached Garage

22×36 two-car detached garage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Two-Car Detached Garage →

🏡 22×36

Metal Workshop with 220V

22×36 metal workshop with 220v configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Metal Workshop with 220V →

🎯 22×36

RV Cover with Storage Bay

22×36 rv cover with storage bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize RV Cover with Storage Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hobby Farm Equipment Barn

22×36 hobby farm equipment barn configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hobby Farm Equipment Barn →

🏢 22×36

Detached Shop for Contractors

22×36 detached shop for contractors configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Detached Shop for Contractors →

🏡 22×36

Garage + Man Cave Combo

22×36 garage + man cave combo configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Garage + Man Cave Combo →

🎯 22×36

She Shed Studio

22×36 she shed studio configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$11,700Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize She Shed Studio →

🏭 22×36

Small Fabrication Bay

22×36 small fabrication bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,950Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Small Fabrication Bay →

🌾 22×36

Hay & Implement Storage

22×36 hay & implement storage configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$12,350Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Hay & Implement Storage →

🏢 22×36

Self-Storage Annex

22×36 self-storage annex configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,550Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Self-Storage Annex →

🏛️ 22×36

Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay

22×36 volunteer fire apparatus bay configuration, free delivery, free installation, 20-year warranty.

$13,650Vertical Roof14 Gauge
✓ Free Install✓ 20-Yr Warranty

Customize Volunteer Fire Apparatus Bay →

FREQUENTLY ASKED

Two-Stall Horse Barn questions, answered.

How much does a 22×36 two-stall horse barn cost?

A 22×36 two-stall horse barn from Steel and Stud starts at $12,350 with free delivery and free installation across all 48 states. Most buyers pick the rent-to-own option at about $257/month with $0 down and no credit check. Call 1-877-275-7048 for a same-day price lock.

Is delivery and installation included in the 22×36 two-stall horse barn price?

Yes, every Steel and Stud two-stall horse barn ships with free delivery + free installation by a certified crew, included in the listed price. Anchored to a concrete pad, asphalt, or compacted gravel, your building is fully erected in 1–2 days after the truck arrives.

Do I need a permit for a 22×36 two-stall horse barn?

Almost always for 792+ sq ft enclosed buildings. Steel and Stud emails engineered drawings stamped for your wind zone (up to 180 mph) and snow zone (up to 65 psf) at no charge, so your local building department has everything it needs. Permit timing typically runs 2–6 weeks by jurisdiction.

How is a Steel and Stud two-stall horse barn different from a wood-frame build?

Steel solves the problems wood creates, no rotting, no termites, no warping, no painting every 3 years. Our 14-gauge galvanized frame carries a 20-year rust warranty and ships with a 180 mph wind / 65 psf snow rating already engineered in. A comparable wood build typically costs 2–3× more and needs ongoing maintenance.

What foundation does a 22×36 two-stall horse barn need?

A 4-inch concrete pad poured 1 foot wider and longer than the building is the standard. Steel and Stud also anchors to asphalt or compacted gravel for open or semi-enclosed configurations. A pad-pour bundle is offered at checkout if you don’t already have a slab.

How fast can I get a 22×36 two-stall horse barn delivered?

Standard lead time is 3–5 weeks from order to install. Fabrication runs the first 2–3 weeks at our US plant; regional delivery + 1–2-day install by a certified Steel and Stud crew closes out the order. Rush builds are available, call 1-877-275-7048 for current capacity.

Can I finance a 22×36 two-stall horse barn without a credit check?

Yes, Steel and Stud’s rent-to-own partner does not pull credit. Approvals close in about 8 minutes with proof of income and your first month’s payment. Terms run 36–60 months with no early-payoff penalty, and the monthly works out to roughly $257/month on a 22×36 two-stall horse barn.

What warranty comes with the 22×36 two-stall horse barn?

Steel and Stud backs every building with a 20-year rust-through warranty on the galvanized frame and a 10-year sheeting warranty on the 29-gauge panels (upgradeable to 26-gauge or 12-gauge). Workmanship on the install is warrantied for 1 year. Full warranty terms ship with your order packet.

Can I customize the 22×36 two-stall horse barn in 3D before I order?

Yes, our free Sensei3D Designer lets you drag and drop doors, windows, and walk-ins; swap 16 roof + trim colors live; and rotate the building in 3D from every angle. No login required. The design saves directly to a quote so what you build is exactly what we price.

Will the 22×36 two-stall horse barn stand up to livestock and Midwest weather?

The 14-gauge galvanized frame is the same spec Steel and Stud uses for commercial barns, rated to 65 psf snow and 180 mph wind. Ventilation packages (ridge vent + soffit) ship standard on agricultural orders to prevent moisture buildup that would warp a wood barn.

Ready to build?

Your Two-Stall Horse Barn quote takes one minute.

Tell us your zip and the options you want. We’ll send back a same-day, all-in price.

✓ 4.8★ · verified buyers✓ BBB A+✓ 24 years✓ $0 deposit · pay after install





$12,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from \/mo — No credit check
Charcoal metal barn with cupola and dutch door stall, horse looking out while another grazes

22×36 Two-Stall Horse Barn

792 sq ft for compact garage, RV cover, or carport

22′ x 36′ 14 Gauge Local Certification Available
Pre-engineered 22×36 steel building delivers 792 sq ft of column-free space. Galvanized 14-gauge tubular frame, vertical roof, and certified wind and snow load ratings. Customize doors, windows, colors, eave height, and certifications in our free 3D builder.
Leg height adjustable up to 20'

$12,350.00

Free Delivery & Install RTO from /mo — No credit check

NOT SURE WHICH SIZE? BUILD YOUR METAL GARAGE IN 3D AND SEE YOUR PRICE INSTANTLY

Flexible Payment Options

Finance Your Metal Garage

Three ways to own your enclosed steel garage building. No hidden fees. Balance due only after installation is complete.

Monthly Financing

Affordable monthly payments, competitive rates.

Down PaymentVaries by lender
MonthlyAs low as $89/mo
Terms12 to 72 months
Credit CheckRequired
Best ForLarger structures
Check My Rate

Rent-to-Own

No credit check. Low monthly payments.

Down PaymentFirst month only
MonthlyAs low as $49/mo
Terms24 to 60 months
Credit CheckNot required
Best ForBudget-friendly option
Start RTO Application
Instant Estimate

Metal Garages Price Calculator

Enter your desired dimensions and options below for an instant price estimate. Contact us for a certified, site-specific quote.

ESTIMATED PRICE RANGE $9,200 - $10,300

Estimate based on standard configuration. Contact us for exact certified pricing.

View Presets, Inventory Matches & Details

Presets & Calculator Data

Custom estimate

Enter a size and state to generate an estimated range and route correctly.

Size Selected 24 × 40 × 10
Floor Area 960 sq ft
Location FactorStandard
Inventory MatchNo exact match
Recommended Path3D Builder

Inventory Alternatives

Why Steel and Stud

6 Reasons to Choose a Steel Garage

An enclosed prefabricated steel garage is the most durable and cost-effective way to protect your vehicles, tools, equipment and personal property. Here is why property owners across 48 states chose Steel and Stud.

🔒

Fully Enclosed Protection

Every metal garage comes with complete enclosure: steel roof panels, wall panels on all four sides, a standard garage door and a walk-in entry door. Your vehicles, tools and stored belongings stay protected from weather, theft and pests year round.

🧮

Free Installation Included

Every tubular steel garage order includes free professional installation by a certified crew across all 48 contiguous states. No hidden assembly fees or subcontractor surprises. Confirm your site is level and the crew handles everything else.

🌟

20-Year Warranty on 12-Gauge

Our 12-gauge galvanized steel frames carry a 20-year limited rust-through warranty backed by the manufacturer. Enclosed garages especially benefit from 12-gauge because walls and doors create higher wind load requirements than open carports.

💰

Factory-Direct Pricing

We work with multiple manufacturers and cut out distributor markups. Our prefab steel garages typically cost 40 to 60 percent less than comparable stick-built, wood-frame or concrete block construction for the same footprint and clearance height.

🎨

Full 3D Customization

Use our free 3D building designer to configure every detail of your garage: door placement, window locations, lean-to additions, insulation, wainscot, 12 panel colors for roof, walls and trim, and certification options for your climate zone.

Engineered for Your Climate

All enclosed garage structures are designed to meet local wind speed and snow load requirements. 140 MPH wind plus 25 PSF snow certification is available for high-wind coastal zones, heavy-snow mountain regions and tornado-prone states.

Verified Reviews

What Our Customers Say

Real customers, real installs. See why 15,000+ property owners chose Steel and Stud for their Metal Garages.

★★★★★
4.8 out of 5 based on 2,847 verified customer reviews
★★★★★

"We are very happy with our carport. Even though there was a delay with the installation due to weather, we are glad we went with Steel and Stud."

RG
Robert G.
Verified Customer
Metal Carport
★★★★★

"I had a tight schedule. Bill kept in touch and did everything that he promised."

RS
Ron Sigrist
Verified Customer
Metal Carport
★★★★★

"All my questions were answered and I believe I got the best possible deal. The installation went very smoothly and was completed in one day even though scheduled to take two. The crew of four arrived at 8AM and worked through to 10PM."

VB
Verified Buyer
Verified Customer
Steel Garage
Common Questions

Metal Garages FAQ

Everything you need to know before ordering your steel carport: pricing, installation, permits, warranties, anchoring and dimensions.

Metal garage prices from Steel and Stud start at $6,775 for a standard 20x30x10 enclosed garage. Two-car garages (24x40) range from $9,135 to $16,500 depending on your state, roof style and gauge. Triple-wide garages (30x30 to 30x40) start around $10,688. All tubular steel garage prices include free delivery and professional installation.

Every tubular steel garage order includes full enclosure (roof, walls, and end panels), one standard garage door, one walk-in door, free delivery to your job site, and professional installation by a certified crew. You can add extra doors, windows, lean-tos, insulation and color upgrades through the 3D designer before ordering.

Yes. You can place garage doors on any wall (front, side, or back entry), add roll-up or sectional doors, include polycarbonate or diamond windows for natural light, choose from 12 panel colors, add lean-tos for covered parking, upgrade to insulated wall and roof panels, and select your preferred frame gauge and certification level.

A garage with lean-to combines a fully enclosed metal garage with an attached open or semi-enclosed lean-to roof on one or more sides. The lean-to provides additional covered area for outdoor parking, equipment storage, or a shaded work area without the cost of full wall enclosure. Lean-tos can be added to the left, right, front, or back of the main building.

A concrete slab is strongly recommended for enclosed metal garages. It provides a level floor surface, prevents moisture intrusion from the ground, and allows secure concrete anchor bolt attachment. Ground and gravel installations are available but better suited for open-sided structures. Contact us before pouring your slab to confirm exact dimensions and anchor bolt placement.

Most standard two-car metal garages (20x30 to 24x40) are assembled in one day by a professional crew. Larger triple-wide garages or structures with attached lean-tos may take up to two days. The lead time from order confirmation to installation date is typically 4 to 8 weeks depending on your location and seasonal demand.

12-gauge galvanized steel frames (2.5mm thick) are recommended for enclosed garages. Fully enclosed buildings handle more wind load and snow weight than open carports, and the thicker 12-gauge framing provides the structural integrity needed for long-term performance. 12-gauge frames also carry a 20-year rust-through warranty. 14-gauge (1.9mm) is available at a lower price for moderate climates.

Yes. Our 3D building designer allows you to place garage doors on any wall, including the long side walls. Side-entry garages are popular on narrow lots where the driveway runs parallel to the structure, or when you want the front wall facing the street without a visible garage door opening.

Yes. Steel and Stud offers three flexible payment paths: (1) Standard Payment with a deposit now and balance after install at zero interest; (2) Monthly Financing with competitive rates from $89/mo over 12 to 72 months and a soft credit pull; and (3) Rent-to-Own (RTO) as low as $49/mo with no credit check, first month as down payment, and an early buyout option available at any time. View all financing options

Choose from 12 standard colors at no additional charge: Barn Red, Beige, Black, Brown, Burgundy, Burnished Slate, Clay, Galvalume, Green, Pewter Gray, Quaker Gray, Rawhide Tan, Royal Blue, Sandstone, Slate Blue, and White. You can select separate colors for the roof, walls, trim, and wainscot through the 3D designer. Color choices do not affect price or lead time.

Permit requirements vary by county and city. Contact your local building department before ordering to confirm setback requirements, maximum building height, and any engineering certification needs. Once plans are submitted, your deposit is non-refundable if a permit is denied for reasons other than the engineered plans themselves.

Get Your Free Quote

Request a Free Quote

Tell us about your project and a building specialist will contact you within 2 hours with a personalized, no-obligation price quote.

Why Request a Quote?

Fast ResponseAverage response time under 2 hours. Most quotes same day.
No Hidden FeesYour quote includes all standard features. Tubular orders include delivery and installation.
Low Deposit to StartDeposit varies by project scope. Balance due only after installation.
Zero ObligationGet your quote, compare options, decide when you are ready.
1-877-275-7048 Mon to Fri 8AM to 6PM EST

Metal Garage Sizes, Types and Dimensions Guide

Enclosed metal garage dimensions follow a standard width x length x leg height format. Standard garages range from 12 to 24 feet wide, with lengths from 21 to 100 feet in standard increments. Triple-wide garages span 26 to 30 feet for three-car or commercial layouts. Leg height starts at 6 feet and goes up to 30 feet for the tallest structures, with 10 and 12-foot clearance being the most common choices for residential enclosed garages.

Standard garages (20 to 24 feet wide, 20 to 40 feet long) are the most popular category and accommodate two vehicles with room for side storage, a workbench, or wall-mounted tool systems. A 20x30 garage provides roughly 600 square feet of enclosed space, while a 24x40 gives you 960 square feet of fully protected interior. Triple-wide garages (26 to 30 feet wide) are built for three or more vehicles, commercial fleet parking, or combined vehicle storage and workshop layouts.

Garage with lean-to configurations combine an enclosed garage with an attached open-sided or semi-enclosed lean-to roof on one or more sides. This design gives you the security of a locked enclosed garage for your primary vehicles while providing additional covered parking, equipment shelter, or a shaded outdoor workspace at a fraction of the cost of full enclosure.

How Much Does a Metal Garage Cost in 2026?

Metal garage prices in 2026 start at $9,775 for a standard 30x30x10 enclosed garage and go up to $21,000 or more for large triple-wide structures with lean-tos. All tubular steel garage prices from Steel and Stud include free delivery and professional installation by a certified crew.

Key pricing factors include: Width (wider garages carry heavier framing), Length (additional bays add cost proportionally), Leg Height (taller structures need reinforced legs), Roof Style (vertical adds approximately 15% over regular), Frame Gauge (12-gauge adds roughly 12% over 14-gauge but adds a 20-year warranty), and Lean-To Additions (each lean-to adds roughly 20 to 30 percent to the base price depending on dimensions).

Prices also vary by state due to regional manufacturing and delivery logistics. Coastal and mountain states with higher certification requirements (140 MPH wind, 25 PSF snow load) carry higher base prices. Contact us with your ZIP code for an exact quote that reflects your specific location.

Choosing the Right Metal Garage for Your Property

Selecting the right enclosed steel garage depends on what you plan to store, how much workspace you need, and the physical constraints of your building site. A one-car garage (12 to 18 feet wide) works for a single vehicle, motorcycle collection, or dedicated workshop. A two-car garage (20 to 24 feet wide) is the most versatile option for residential properties, fitting two standard vehicles with room for seasonal storage. A three-car or triple-wide garage (26 to 30 feet wide) serves families with multiple vehicles, commercial operators storing fleet vehicles, or hobbyists who need a large workshop alongside vehicle bays.

Consider your door placement carefully. Front-entry garages with the door on the short wall are standard, but side-entry configurations are ideal for narrow lots, L-shaped driveways, or properties where you want the long wall to face the street for a cleaner appearance. Our 3D designer lets you place doors, windows and lean-tos exactly where you need them before ordering.

Metal Garage Installation: What to Expect

After placing your order and submitting your deposit, the manufacturer assigns a professional installation crew for your region. Current lead times run 4 to 8 weeks depending on your location, structure size, certification requirements, and seasonal demand. You will be contacted within 60 days to schedule your installation date.

Site requirements before the crew arrives: a flat, level concrete slab (strongly recommended for enclosed garages), clear vehicle access for the delivery truck, and any permits posted or available. The crew typically completes a standard 20x30 or 24x40 garage in one full day. Triple-wide garages and structures with lean-tos may take up to two days.

Balance payment is made directly to the manufacturer after your garage is installed and you confirm satisfaction. Financing and rent-to-own options are available through Steel and Stud for customers who prefer monthly payments. View financing options or request your free quote to get started today.

Related Metal Building Categories

Need something different? Explore our full range: open Metal Barns from $1,195 for basic vehicle coverage, metal barns for agricultural storage and equestrian use, tall clearance RV covers for motorhomes and fifth-wheels, barndominium shells for combined living and working space, and commercial steel buildings for warehouses, retail and industrial applications. Every category includes factory-direct pricing and professional installation on tubular steel orders.

READY TO SECURE YOUR VEHICLES WITH A METAL GARAGE?

Join 15,000+ property owners who trust our durable metal garages. Enjoy factory-direct pricing with free delivery and professional installation on all tubular steel buildings.

View Cart